Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Teagle Hall
Y 1 B A in o LO C\i GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES: 1. BUILDING CODE: BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE, LATEST EDITION 2. CONSTRUCTION LOADING: DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LIMIT AND CONTROL CONSTRUCTION LOADING, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: a. MATERIAL STOCKPILING AND EQUIPMENT TO PRECLUDE OVERSTRESSING, CONSTRUCTION LIVE LOAD IN EXCESS OF 20 PSF, OR DAMAGE TO ANY STRUCTURAL ELEMENT. 3. EXISTING CONDITIONS: THE INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE DOCUMENTS IS THE BEST REPRESENTATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AVAILABLE TO THE ENGINEER. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO FIELD VERIFY AND BRING TO THE ENGINEER'S AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S ATTENTION ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 4. EXISTING STRUCTURES: ALL EXISTING STRUCTURES ADJACENT TO NEW WORK ARE TO BE ADEQUATELY PROTECTED AND/OR SUPPORTED DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ANY NEW OR EXISTING CONSTRUCTION DAMAGED WHILE WORK IS IN PROGRESS. 5. OPENINGS: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS IN NEW AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WITH THE DISCIPLINE REQUIRING THEM. CONCRETE NOTES: 1. SUBMITTALS a. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS b. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REINFORCING, INCLUDING ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES TO HOLD REINFORCING SECURELY IN PLACE, FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. WHERE RESUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS IS REQUIRED, ALL REVISIONS SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED BY CLOUDING AND REVISION TAGS. c. SUBMIT FOR REVIEW ALL MATERIALS AND METHODS FOR CONCRETE CURING. 2. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM CONCRETE CLEAR COVER FOR REINFORCING STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.: a. CONCRETE PLACED AGAINST EARTH: 3.0 IN. b. FORMED SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH EARTH OR EXPOSED TO WEATHER: 1.5 IN. C. FORMED SURFACES NOT IN CONTACT WITH EARTH OR EXPOSED TO WEATHER: 1.0 IN. 3. ALL CONCRETE WORK, CONSTRUCTION, AND REINFORCING DETAILS SHALL CONFORM TO THE "BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE, LATEST EDITION". 4. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED, FABRICATED AND PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI318. 5. ALL REINFORCING BARS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 GRADE 60. 6. ALL REINFORCING SHALL BE LAPPED OR EMBEDDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 318, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. PROVIDE CORNER BARS TO MATCH ALL HORIZONTAL REINFORCING AT CORNERS OR INTERSECTIONS. 8. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE, A FIELD REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE INFORMED A MINIMUM OF 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF PLACEMENT, TO ALLOW INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL, AND PREPARATION FOR TAKING CONCRETE SAMPLES. INDEPENDENT TESTS ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL CONCRETE PLACEMENTS. 9. INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE COMPLETED AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED CONCRETE PLACEMENT. 10. W.W.R. SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A1064 AND SHALL BE FABRICATED INTO FLAT SHEETS. 11. GROUT: NON-METALLIC/NON-SHRINK STRUCTURAL GROUT. 12. PROTECT CONCRETE FROM PREMATURE DRYING IMMEDIATELY AFTER PLACEMENT. CURING OF CONCRETE SLABS MUST START WITHIN 2 HOURS AFTER FINISHING OPERATIONS ARE COMPLETE. USE CURING COMPOUND FOR CONCRETE PAVING. USE MOISTURE CURING PER ACI 308.1 FOR ALL OTHER CONCRETE. 13. CONCRETE PAVING SHALL HAVE CONTROL JOINTS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. SAW CUT JOINTS SHALL BE MADE WITHIN 12 HOURS OF PLACING SLAB. 14. CONCRETE SHALL BE CONTROLLED, PROPORTIONED, MIXED AND PLACED IN THE PRESENCE OF A REPRESENTATIVE OF AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY. 15. CONCRETE PROPERTIES a. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 4500 PSI AT 28-DAYS. b. MAXIMUM WATER-CEMENTITIOUS RATIO: 0.45. c. EXPOSURE CLASS (PER ACI 318): F2 - EXPOSED TO FREEZE /THAW AND MOISTURE. d. REFER TO PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER REQUIRED CONCRETE PROPERTIES. MASONRY NOTES: 1. SUBMITTALS: a. ALL PRODUCT DATA. b. SAMPLES OF STONE AND MORTAR FOR SELECTION. 2. ALL STONE VENEER TO BE A BLUESTONE OR LLENROC PRODUCT, ASTM C616, CLASSIFICATION III QUARTZITIC SANDSTONE. STONE THICKNESS TO BE 4" AND 6" NOMINAL. REFER TO DRAWINGS. 3. MORTAR: 1 PART PORTLAND CEMENT, 6 PARTS LIME, AND 12 PARTS SAND. 4. VENEER ANCHORS TO BE OF WIRE OR CORRUGATED SHEET METAL TYPE, STAINLESS STEEL. ANCHORS TO BE SPACED AT 16 INCHES VERTICALLY AND 24 INCHES HORIZONTALLY. 5. FLASHING (THROUGH-WALL AND WALL CAP) TO BE ZINC-TIN ALLOY-COATED COPPER SHEET, ASTM B370, 20-0Z. 6. PROVIDE WEEPS/VENTS AT 2'-0" OC AT BOTTOM AND TQP OF WALL. 7. CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL TO BE PLACED CONTINUOUSLY BEHIND STONE VENEER. 8. LEAD JOINT CAP TO BE PROVIDED AT HEAD JOINTS OF WALL CAPS. 9. ALL COURSING'SHOWN ON DRAWINGS IS SCHEMATIC. MASONRY WILL NEED TO BE CUT AS REQUIRED. 10. PROVIDE "BAR" AND "BLOCK" STONE VENEER IN AN UNCOURSED RUBBLE PATTERN. INSERT SMALL STONES INTO SPACES BETWEEN LARGER STONES AS NEEDED TO PRODUCE JOINTS AS UNIFORM IN WIDTH AS PRACTICAL. GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES: 1. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ONLY TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION AND AS INDICATED. USE METHODS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN LIMITATIONS OF GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AS FOLLOWS: a. PROCEED WITH SELECTIVE DEMOLITION SYSTEMATICALLY, FROM HIGHER TO LOWER LEVEL. COMPLETE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS ABOVE EACH FLOOR OR TIER BEFORE DISTURBING SUPPORTING MEMBFRS ON THE NEXT LOWER LEVEL. b. NEATLY CUT OPENINGS AND HOLES PLUMB, SQUARE, AND TRUE TO DIMENSIONS REQUIRED. USE CUTTING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. USE HAND TOOLS OR SMALL POWER TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING OR GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING, TO MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF ADJACENT SURFACES. TEMPORARILY COVER OPENINGS TO MAINTAIN A WATERTIGHT CONDITION UNTIL PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. C. CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED SURFACES. AVOID MARRING EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES, d NO FLAME CUTTING. e. REMOVE DECAYED, VERMIN-INFESTED, OR OTHERWISE DANGEROUS OR UNSUITABLE NON-HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF OFF-SITE. f. ASBESTOS CONTAMINATED MATERICAL (ACM) / HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: .... i. SEE DRAWINGS FOR REMOVAL OF ACM. g. REMOVE STRUCTURAL FRAMING MEMBERS AND LOWER TO GROUND BY METHOD SUITABLE TO AVOID FREE FALL AND TO PREVENT GROUND IMPACT OR DUST GENERATION. h. LOCATE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION EQUIPMENT AND REMOVE DEBRIS AND MATERIALS SO AS NOT TO IMPOSE EXCESSIVE LOADS ON SUPPORTING WALLS, FLOORS, OR FRAMING. i. DISPOSE OF DEBRIS OFF-SITE PROMPTLY AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REGULATIONS . AND CODES. 2. BUILDING ELEMENTS TO REMAIN: DO NOT DEMOLISH BUILDING ELEMENTS BEYOND LIMITS INDICATED. 3. EXISTING ITEMS TO REMAIN: PROTECT CONSTRUCTION INDICATED TO REMAIN AGAINST DAMAGE AND SOILING DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. WHEN PERMITTED BY ARCHITECT, ITEMS MAY BE REMOVED TO A SUITABLE, PROTECTED STORAGE LOCATION DURING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION AND CLEANED AND REINSTALLED IN THEIR ORIGINAL LOCATIONS AFTER SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS ARE COMPLETE. COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CONNECTIONS, SUPPORTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS NECESSARY TO MAKE ITEM FUNCTIONAL FOR USE INDICATED. 4. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS: a. REINFORCED CONCRETE: DEMOLISH IN SMALL SECTIONS. SAW CUT CONCRETE TO A DEPTH OF AT LEAST 3/4 INCH AT JUNCTURES WITH CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN. DISLODGE CONCRETE FROM REINFORCEMENT AT PERIMETER OF AREAS BEING DEMOLISHED, CUT REINFORCEMENT, AND THEN REMOVE REMAINDER OF CONCRETE INDICATED FOR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION USING MAXIMUM 15-LB CHIPPING HAMMER. NEATLY TRIM OPENINGS TO DIMENSIONS INDICATED. b. CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE: SAW-CUT PERIMETER OF AREA TO BE DEMOLISHED, THEN BREAK UP AND REMOVE. C. GENERAL: EXCEPT FOR ITEMS OR MATERIALS INDICATED TO BE RECYCLED, REUSED, SALVAGED, REINSTALLED, OR OTHERWISE INDICATED TO REMAIN OWNER'S PROPERTY, REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS FROM PROJECT SITE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM IN AN EPA-APPROVED LANDFILL. 5. DO NOT ALLOW DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO ACCUMULATE ON-SITE. 6. REMOVE AND TRANSPORT DEBRIS IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT SPILLAGE ON ADJACENT SURFACES AND AREAS. 7. REMOVE DEBRIS FROM ELEVATED PORTIONS OF BUILDING BY CHUTE, HOIST, OR OTHER DEVICE THAT WILL CONVEY DEBRIS TO GRADE LEVEL IN A CONTROLLED DESCENT. 8. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION "CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL." 9. BURNING: DO NOT BURN DEMOLISHED MATERIALS. 10. DISPOSAL: TRANSPORT DEMOLISHED MATERIALS OFF OWNER'S PROPERTY AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF THEM. 11. CLEANING: CLEAN ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS OF DUST, DIRT, AND DEBRIS CAUSED BY ALL DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. RETURN ADJACENT AREAS TO CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS BEGAN. STRUCTURAL DESIGN TABLE (IN ACCORDANCE WITH NYSBC) BUILDING DATA: LOCATION TEAGLE HALL, ITHACA, NY 14850 BUILDING OCCUPANCY CATEGORY II NYSBC TABLE 1604.5 FLOOR LIVE LOAD: STAIRS LL 100 PSF NYSBC TABLE 1607.1 SNOW LOAD: IMPORTANCE FACTOR Is 1.0 ASCE 7-05 TABLE 7-4 *- GROUND SNOW LOAD P9 40 PSF NYSBC FIGURE 1608.2 SNOW EXPOSURE FACTOR Ce 1.0 ASCE 7-05 TABLE 7-2 THERMAL FACTOR Ct 1.2 ASCE 7-05 TABLE 7-3 FUT ROOF SNOW Pf 34 PSF ASCE 7-05 SECTION 7.3 DRIFTING SNOW AS REQ. PER ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-05 SECTION 7.7 WIND LOAD (SOLID FREE STANDING WALLS): ANALYSIS PROCEDURE ANALYTICAL PROCEDURE ASCE 7-05 SECTION 6.4 WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY B NYSBC 1609.4.3 IMPORTANCE FACTOR Iw 1.0 ASCE 7-05 TABLE 6-1 BASIC WIND SPEED (3 SEC. GUST) V 90 ASCE 7-05 SECTION 6.5.4 EARTHQUAKE LOAD: SOIL SITE CLASSIFICATION D NYSBC TABLE 1613.5.2 SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR le 1.00 ASCE 7-05 TABLE 11.5-1 DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENT SDS 0.134g NYSBC SECTION 1613.5.4 DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENT SD1 0.090g NYSBC SECTION 1613.5.4 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY B NYSBC TABLE 1613.5.6 (1 & 2) STRUCTURAL ABBREVATIONS LEGEND ACI AISC ASTM AWS APPROX. ARCH. B.F. B.O. BCNYS '10 CIP CONC. CONT. C.J. COV. DIA. E.F. E.S. E.W. ELEV. EQ. EXIST. (E) F.F.E. FW F.D. F FTG. FNDN. GA. GALV. H.P. H.S. HORIZ. I.F. LLH LLV MANUF. MAX. MECH. MIN. (N) O.C. O.F. P PLF REINF. S.J. SPA., SP. STD. SDI TSF T&B T.F. T.O. T.O.S. TYP. U.N.O. V.I.F. VERT. W.W.R. W/ W.P. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY APPROXIMATE ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL BOTTOM FACE BOTTOM OF BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE 2010 EDITION CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CONTINUOUS CONTROL JOINT COVER DIAMETER EACH FACE EACH SIDE EACH WAY ELEVATION EQUAL EXISTING EXISTING FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FLATWISE FLOOR DRAIN FOOTING FOOTING FOUNDATION GAGE GALVANIZED HIGH POINT HIGH STRENGTH HORIZONTAL INSIDE FACE LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LONG LEG VERTICAL MANUFACTURER MAXIMUM MECHANICAL NEW ON CENTER OUTSIDE FACE PIER (SEE SCHEDULE) POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT RENFORCING, REINFORCEMENT SAW-CUT CONTROL JOINT SPACE OR SPACING STANDARD STEEL DECK INSTITUTE TON PER SQUARE FOOT TOP & BOTTOM TOP FACE TOP OF TOP OF STEEL TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VERIFY IN FIELD VERTICAL WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT WITH WORKING POINT TOPSOIL MIX 6" MIN COMPACTED DEPTH. GRASS-RESEED REFER TO EARTH MOVING SPEC. FOUNDATION WALL (SEE PLAN) o 8"}C vO iW £ CD FACE OF WALL ENGINEERED FILL SEE SPEC OVERLAP GEOTEXTILE FABRIC 6" PROVIDE CONDUIT BUSHINGS AND PROPERLY SEAL CONDUIT COUPLING O o CO o o COVER DETAIL TYYf A iSOc c? c> c> GA PROVIDE CDR SYSTEMS ENCLOSURE COVER PROVIDE SPLICE RATED FOR WET LOCATIONS PER NEC CDR SYSTEMS ENCLOSURE MINIMUM 6" OF GRAVEL OR CRUSHED ROCK DRAINAGE STONE 4" PERFORATED DRAIN PIPE SURROUNDED BY DRAINAGE STONE AND GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC. SLOPE FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. STONE AND FABRIC TO EXTEND 1'-0" ABOVE PIPE AND 8" AT SIDES AND BELOW PIPE. CONDUIT 90 DEGREE SWEEP ELL NEW LIGHTING CIRCUIT NOTE: PROVIDE 1-1/2" SCHEDULE 80 PVC CONDUIT S-001 TYPICAL FOUNDATION DRAIN 1" = 1'-0" 001 UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURE DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" SIDEWALK NOTES: 1. ISOLATION JOINTS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ALL WALLS, STAIR SLABS, AND EXIST SLAB EDGES. 2. CONTROL JOINTS SHALL BE LOCATED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 3. SLOPE PAVING AS SHOWN ON PUNS 4. WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT TO BE 6x6 - W2.9x2.9 1/2" WIDE JOINT FILLER WITH 5/8" DEEP X1/2" WIDE JOINT SEALER r FINISH GRADE CUT ALTERNATE WIRES AT JOINTS kv-'VY SAW-CUT, OR WET CUT CONCRETE WITH TROWEL OR JOINT TOOL, 1/4" SLAB THICKNESS, FULL WIDTH. FINISH GRADE ISQUTION JOINT CONTROL JOINT 5" CONCRETE W/WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT 6" COMPACTED SUBBASE MATERIAL WATERPROOFING C> 4 — G . O h— CO -0'-4" CONCRETE W/WWR • u. -—srr- CQ 3 CO CVi *2*S&S*&SfcV. CO _ nfc s TOPSOIL MIX 6" MIN COMPACTED DEPTH. GRASS-RESEED REFER TO EARTH MOVING SPEC. TRACEABLE ELECTRIC WARNING TAPE, 6" BELOW GRADE. NYS DOT 304-2.02 TYPE 4 GRAVEL UWNS - COMPACTED IN 12" LAYERS. ROADWAYS - COMPACTED IN 6" UYERS. SAND ENCASEMENT - COMPACTED. 1 1/2" SCH 80 PVC DUCTS. COMPACTED SUBGRADE TYPICAL SECTION ON FILL TYPICAI SFGTION ON SI AB —V-0" UNDISTURBED SOIL. 001 CONCRETE PAVING DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 001 DIRECT BUIRIED CONDUIT DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0" IABELIA 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 607.319.4136 Engineering Architecture Environmental Planning www.labellapc.com Of h Q 85 $ Co &> •<* Uf o ttf tn g»079*J>^ A It is a violation of New York Education Law Article 145 Sec.7209, for any person, unless acting under the direction of a licensed architect, professional engineer, or land surveyor, to alter an item in any way. If an item bearing the seal of an architect, engineer, or land surveyor is altered; the altering architect, engineer, or land surveyor shall affix to the item their seal and notation "altered by" followed by their signature and date of such alteration, and a specific description of the alteration. © 2015 LaBella Associates TEAGLE HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 B 3SSS TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR NO: DATE: DESCRIPTION: REVISIONS PROJECT NUMBER: 2151453 DRAWN BY: REVIEWED BY: MCRB MCM ISSUED FOR: BIDDING DATE: 2/25/16 A DRAWING NAME: GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: S-001 A 3 1 Tea& HaGarder Avenue Ste Wall and Staircase Repairs Project Manual & Specifications February 25, 2016 Owner Cornell University Ithaca, NY 94853 Architect LaBella Associates, Q.P.C. 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 (585) 402-7097 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 Owner Section 1.02 Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings Section 1.03 Order of Precedence ARTICLE 2 CONTRACTOR Page 1 1 Section 2.01 Contractor's Obligations 2 Section 2.02 Contractor's Title to Materials 2 Section 2.03 "Or Equal" Clause 2 Section 2.04 Quality, Quantity and Labeling 3 Section 2.05 Superintendence by Contractor 3 Section 2.06 Subsurface or Site Conditions 4 Section 2.07 Representations of Contractor 4 Section 2.08 Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions 4 Section 2.09 Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors 5 Section_ 2.10 Meetings 5 Section 2.11 Related Work 5 Section 2.12 Surveys and Layout 5 Section 2.13 Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies 5 Section 2.14 Project Labor Rates 6 Section 2.15 Daily Reports 6 ARTICLE 3 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 Access to the Work 6 Section 3.02 Notice for Testing 6 Section 3.03 Inspection of Work 7 Section 3.04 inspection and Testing 7 Section 3,05 Defective or Damaged Work 7 Section 3.06 Acceptance 7 ARTICLE 4 CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 Section 4.02 ARTICLE 5 Changes Form of Change Orders TIME OF COMPLETION 8 10 Section 5.01 Time of Completion 10 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 6 Section 6.01 Section 6.02 Section 6.03 ARTICLE 7 Section 7.01 ARTICLE 8 Section 8.01 ARTICLE 9 Section 9.01 ARTICLE 10 Section 10.01 Section 10.02 Section 10.03 Section 10.04 Section 10.05 Section 10.06 Section 10.07 Section 10.08 Section 10.09 Section 10.10 ARTICLE 11 Section 11.01 Section 11.02 ARTICLE 12 Section 12.01 Section 12.02 Section 12.03 Section 12.04 ARTICLE 13 TABLE OF CONTENTS TERMINATION Termination for Cause Termination for Convenience of Owner Owner's Right to do Work DISPUTES Disputes Procedure SUBCONTRACTS Subcontracting COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Cooperation with Other Contractors PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Accidents and Accident Prevention Adjoining Property Emergencies Bonds Risks Assumed by the Contractor Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance Liability Insurance of the Owner Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Hazards Effect of Procurement of Insurance No Third Party Rights Page 11 11 12 12 13 13 15 16 16 16 16 17 18 18 19 19 USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Substantial Completion 19 Occupancy Prior to Acceptance 19 PAYMENT Provision of Payment Withholding Payments Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment Final Payment and Release TAX EXEMPTION 20 22 22 23 Section 13.01 Tax Exemption 24 ll Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 14 Section 14.01 ARTICLE 15 Section 15.01 Section 15,02 Section 15.03 Section 15.04 Section 15.05 Section 15.06 Section 15.07 Section 15.08 ARTICLE 16 ARTICLE 17 ARTICLE 18 ARTICLE 19 Section 19.01 Section 19.02 Section 19.03 ARTICLE 20 TABLE OF CONTENTS GUARANTEE Guarantee STANDARD PROVISIONS Provisions Required by Law Deemed inserted Laws Governing the Contract Assignments No Third Party Rights Waiver of Rights of Owner Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action Limitation on Actions Owner's Representative ACCOUNTING, INSPECTION AND AUDIT CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ROYALTIES AND PATENTS CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Release of Information Confidential Information Use of Owner's Name Page 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 27 27 27 27 27 28 28 CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT 29 Rev 07-2014 EXHIBITS A Change Order A-1 Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Summary B Schedule of Values for Contract Payment C Final Release D Application and. Certificate for Payment E Guarantee F Form 1 Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Form II Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Form III Affirmative Action Workforce Report Form IV Minority -Women Utilization Report G Labor Rate Breakdown H Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation I Contractor Performance Evaluation iv Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 1 -- INTERPR TATI.ON OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 1.01 - Owner A. The Owner is Cornell University as identified in the Agreement and referred to throughout the Contract Documents as the "Owner" or "Connell University". B. Ownership of Documents: All drawings, specifications, computations, sketches, test data, survey results, photographs, renderings and other material relating to the Work, whether furnished to or prepared by the Contractor, are the property of Connell University. The Contractor shall use such materials or information therefrom only in connection with the Work of this Contract, When requested, the Contractor shall deliver such materials to Cornell University, C. The Owner shall give all orders and directions contemplated under the Contract relative to the execution of the Work. The Owner shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the Work and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said Work. The Owner's estimates and decisions shall be final except as otherwise expressly provided. D. Any differences or conflicts concerning performance which may arise between the Contractor and other Contractors performing Work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Owner. E. The table of contents, titles, captions, headings, running headlines, and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents is intended to facilitate reference to various provisions of the Contract Documents and in no way affect the interpretation of the provisions to which they refer. Section 1.02 - Meaning and Intent of Specifications, Plans and Drawings The meaning and intent of all specifications, plans and drawings shall be determined in a manner approved by the Owner. Section 1.03 - Order of Precedence A. Should a conflict occur in or between or among any parts of the Contract Documents that are entitled to equal preference, the more expensive way of doing the Work, the better quality or greater quantity of material shall govern, unless the Owner otherwise so directs in writing. B. Drawings and specifications are reciprocal. Anything shown on the plans and not mentioned in the specifications, or mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the plans, shall have the same effect as if shown or mentioned in both. C. Requirements of reference standards form a part of these specifications to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. When provisions of reference standards conflict with provisions in these specifications, the specifications shall govern. 1 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 2 -- CONTRACTOR Section 2.01 - Contractor's Obligations A. The Contractor shall, in good workmanlike manner, perform all the Work required by the Contract within the time specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall comply with all terns of the Contract, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire Work to the satisfaction of the Owner. 1. All labor for this project which is um -many under the jurisdiction of one of the local unions as covered in the contract between the Tompkins -Cortland Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division and Cornell University. shall be performed by Union labor. B. The Contractor shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary Work as may be required. C. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, material, tools, equipment, machinery, as well as utility connections, transportation, and all other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, except as gtherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. D. Whenever a provision of the Specifications conflicts with agreements or regulations in force among members of trade associations, unions, or councils which regulate or distinguish what work shall or shall not be included in the work of a particular trade, the Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile such conflict without delay, damage, or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. In case progress of the Work is affected by undue delay in furnishing or installing items of material or equipment required under the Contract because of a conflict involving such agreement or regulations, the Owner or the Architect may require that other material or equipment of equal kind and quality be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. Section 2.02 - Contractor's Title to Materials A. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor has full, good and clear title to all materials and supplies used by the Contractor in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. B. All materials, equipment and articles which become the property of the Owner shall be new unless specifically stated otherwise. Section 2.03 - "Or Equal" Clause A. Whenever a material, article or piece of equipment or method is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade name, catalogue number, or make, no others may be substituted. Any and all other "Or Equal" considerations will be handled under this Section in accordance with General Requirements, Section 01 25 00. 2 Rev 07-2014 B. Where the Architect approves a product proposed by the Contractor and said proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the Work covered by this Contract, or the Work covered by other contracts, all said revision or redesign, and all new drawings and details required therefor shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be approved by the Architect. All time spent by the Architect or its agents to evaluate the proposed substitution and or necessary engineering cost to accommodate the requested change shall be reimbursed to the Owner by the Contractor via the Change Order procedure. Section 2.04 - Quality, Quantity and Labeling A. The Contractor- shall furnish materials and equipment of the quality and quantity specified in the Contract. Unless otherwise provided, all materials and articles incorporated into the work shall be new and of the most suitable grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. When required by the Contract Documents or when directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall supply the Owner's Representative, for their acceptance, full information concerning any material which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. Materials and articles installed or used without such acceptance shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. B. When materials are specified to conform to any standard, the Owner may require that the materials delivered to the Site shall bear manufacturer's labels stating that the materials meet said standards. C. The above requirements shall not restrict or affect the Owner's right to test materials as provided in the Contract. D. Whenever several alternative materials or items are specified by name or other particular reference for one use, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to submit in writing a list of the particular materials or items the Contractor intends to use before the Contract is executed. Section 2.05 - Superintendence by Contractor A. The Contractor shall employ a full-time competent construction superintendent and necessary staff; the construction superintendent shall devote full time to the Work and shall have full authority to act for the Contractor at all tunes, The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the names and authority of such personnel in writing. B. if at any time the superintendent is not satisfactory to the Owner, the Contractor shall, if requested by the Owner, replace said superintendent with another superintendent satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. C. The Contractor shall remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or of any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. 3 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.06 - Subsurface or Site Conditions A. The Contractor acknowledges that it has assumed the risk and that the contract consideration includes such provision as the Contractor deems proper for all subsurface conditions as the Contractor could reasonably anticipate encountering from the provisions of the Contract Documents, borings, rock cores, topographical maps and such other information as the Owner made available to the Contractor or from their own inspection and examination of the site prior to the Owner's receipt of bids. B. In the event that the Contractor encounters subsurface physical conditions at the site differing substantially from those shown on or described or indicated in the Contract Documents and which could not have been reasonably anticipated from the aforesaid information made available by the Owner or from the Contractor's aforesaid inspection and examination of the site, the Contractor shall give immediate notice to the Owner of such conditions before they are disturbed. Such notice shall include probable cost and/or any impact to the schedule. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions and if Owner finds that they do substantially differ from that which should have been reasonably anticipated by the Contractor, the Owner shall make such changes in the drawings and specifications as may be necessary and a change order shall be issued. Section 2.07 - Representations of Contractor The Contractor represents and warrants: A. That the Contractor is financially solvent and is experienced in and competent to perform the Work; B. That the Contractor is familiar with all Federal, State, or other laws, ordinances, orders, building codes, rules and regulations, which may in any way affect the Work; C. That any temporary and permanent Work required by the Contract can be safely and satisfactorily constructed. D. That the Contractor has carefully examined the Contract and the Site of the Work and that, from the Contractor's own investigations is satisfied as to the nature and location of the Work, the character, quality and quantity of surface and subsurface materials likely to be encountered, the character of equipment and other facilities needed for the performance of the Work, the general and local conditions, and all other materials or items which may affect the Work. The Contractor has correlated those observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents and has made all other investigations essential to a full understanding of the Work and the difficulties which may be encountered in performing the Work. Section 2.08 - Verifying Dimensions and Site Conditions A. The Contractor shall take all measurements at the Site and shall verify all dimensions and site conditions at the Site before proceeding with the Work. If said dimensions or conditions are found to be in conflict with the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall refer said conflict to the Owner. 4 Rev 07-20)4 B. During the progress of Work, the Contractor shall verify all field measurements prior to fabrication of building components and equipment, and proceed with the fabrication to meet field conditions. C. The Contractor shall consult all Contract Documents to determine exact location of all Work and verify spatial relationships of all Work. Any question concerning said location or spatial relationships shall be submitted in a manner approved by the Owner. D. Specific locations for equipment, pipelines, ductwork and other such items of Work, where not dimensioned on plans, shall be determined in consultation with the Owner and other affected Contractors and Subcontractors. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of the Work in place. F. Should failure of the Contractor to perform services under this section result in additional costs to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for such additional costs. Section 2.09 - Copies of Contract Documents for Contractors A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, without charge, up to ten (10) sets of Contracts Documents and one ( 1) set of reproducible sepias. B. Any sets in excess of the number mentioned above may be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction and mailing. C. All drawings, specifications, and copies thereof furnished by the Owner are the property of the Owner. They are not to be used on other work, and with the exception of the signed Contract Set, are to be returned to the Owner on request at the completion of the work. Section 2.10 - Meetings The Contractor and all subcontractors as requested shall attend all meetings as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. Section 2.11 - Related Work The Contractor shall examine the Contract for related work to ascertain the relationship of said work to the Work under the Contract. Section 2.12 - Surveys and Layout Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract, the Owner shall furnish the Contractor all surveys of the property necessary for the Work, but the Contractor shall lay out the Work. Section 2.13 - Errors, Omissions or Discrepancies The Contractor shall examine the Contract thoroughly before commencing the Work and report in writing any errors or discrepancies to the Owner or the Owner's Representative. 5 Rev 07-2014 Section 2.11- Project Labor Rates The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for review and approval, within thirty (30) days after Contract is awarded all trade labor rates inclusive of fringe benefits, taxes, insurance for the duration of the individual craft agreement in accordance with Exhibit G. Revised rates shall be provided within thirty (30) days of signing any new agreements with the individual crafts during this project. Section 2.15 — Daily Reports The Contractor's Construction Superintendent shall submit a Daily Report to the Cornell University Project Manager or the Resident Field Engineer at the job site. Such reports shall, at a minimum, contain the following information: Name of Project Project Number Date of Report Weather Conditions Equipment on the site Contractors on site including name and number of employees on site for each contractor Work/area and activity for each contractor Overtime worked and planned work progress Environmental problems and corrections Other information, such as special events, occurrences, materials delivered, accidents or injuries, recommendations, suggestions, visitors, inspections, equipment start-up and check out, occupancy, etc. ARTICLE 3 -- INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE Section 3.01 - Access to the Work The Owner and Architect, or their duly authorized representatives, assistants, or inspectors shall at all times and for any purpose have access to the work and the premises used by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall provide safe and proper facilities therefor. In addition, the Contractor shall, whenever so requested, give the Owner and Architect or their duly authorized representatives access to the proper invoices, bills of lading, specifications, etc., which may be required in determining the adequacy and/or quantity of materials used in completion of the work. Section 3.02 - Notice for Testing If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction require any work to be inspected, tested, accepted, or approved, the Contractor shall give the Owner timely notice of its readiness and of the date arranged so the Owner may observe such inspection, testing, or approval. The Contractor shall bear all costs of such inspection, tests, and approvals unless otherwise provided. 6 Rev O7-2014 Section 3.03 - Inspection of Work A. The Contractor will cooperate in all ways to facilitate the inspection and examination of the work. The inspections and examinations will be carried out in such a manner that the work will not be delayed. B. All Work, all materials whether or not incorporated in the Work, all processes of manufacturer, and all methods of construction shall be, at all times and places, subject to the inspection of the Owner and the Owner shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the Work. Any Work not approved by the Owner shall immediately be reconstructed, made good, replaced or corrected by the Contractor including all Work of other Contractors destroyed or damaged by said removal or replacement. C. Required certificates of inspection, testing, acceptance, or approval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner. Section 3.04 - Inspection and Testing All materials and equipment used in the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended, unless otherwise specified in the Contract. If any Work shall be covered or concealed without the approval or consent of the Owner, said Work shall, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination. If any test results are below specified minimums, the Owner may order additional testing. The cost of said additional testing, any additional professional services required, and any other expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of said additional testing shall be paid by the Contractor. Reexamination of any part of the Work may be ordered by the Owner, and if so ordered the Work trust be uncovered by the Contractor. If said Work is found to be in accordance with the Contract, the Owner shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. If said Work is found not to be in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay the cost of reexamination and replacement. Section 3.05 - Defective or Damaged Work If, in the opinion of the Owner, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the Work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor shall be reduced by an amount which, in the judgment of the Owner, shall be deemed to be equitable. Section 3.06 - Acceptance No previous inspection shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract. No payment, either partial or full, by the Owner to the Contractor shall excuse any failure by the Contractor to comply fully with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall remedy all defects, paying the cost of any damage to other Work resulting therefrom. 7 Rev 07-3614 ARTICLE 4 -- CHANGES IN WORK Section 4.01 - Changes A. The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may order changes within the general scope of the Contract and the Contractor shall promptly comply with such change orders. B. A change order is a written direction to the Contractor signed by the Owner, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the Work, extra work, or an adjustment in the Contract price or time of performance. C. No claims for changes, extra work or additional time to complete the Contract or an adjustment in the Contract price shall be allowed unless such change is ordered in writing by the Owner. D. The Owner shall determine the amount by which the Contract consideration is to be increased or decreased by a change order by one (1) or more of the following methods: 1. By agreement with the Contractor. 2. By applying the applicable price or prices previously bid and approved. This method shall be used if the Contract contains applicable unit prices. (i) To the extent that Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Owner, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (ii) For Unit Price items, additions and deletion of like items shall be algebraically summed and then multiplied by the applicable Unit Prices. For Direct Labor and Material items, all additions and deletions shall be algebraically summed for each subcontractor and then multiplied by the applicable markup. (iii) Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as -built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit. 8 Rev 07-2014 3. By estimating the fair and reasonable cast of: (i) Labor, including all wages, required wage supplements and insurance required by law paid to employees below the rank of superintendent directly employed at the Site. (ii) Materials (iii) Equipment, excluding hand tools, which in the judgment of the Owner, would have been or will be employed exclusively and directly on the Work. 4. By determining the actual cost of the extra work in the same manner as in Subsection 3 except the actual costs of the Contractor shall be used in lieu of estimated costs. E. Mark-ups: 1. Work performed by the Contractor. Where the Work is performed directly by the Contractor by adding to the total of such estimated costs a sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) thereof. 2. Work performed by a Subcontractor. Where the change order work is performed by a Subcontractor under contract with the Contractor, by adding a sum equal to fifteen (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Subcontractor, and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to ten percent (10%) of said costs. 3. Work performed by a Sub -Subcontractor. Where work is performed by a Sub -Subcontractor, by adding the sum equal to fifteen percent (15%) of said costs for the benefit of said Sub -Subcontractor, by adding for the benefit of the Subcontractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost and by adding for the benefit of the Contractor an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of said cost. 4. No markup shall be paid on the premium portion of overtime pay. 5. No markup shall be paid on insurance, taxes, fringe benefits or bond cost. Where the Work involves both an increase and a reduction in similar or related Work, the above percentage override shall be applied only on the amount, if any, that the cost of the increase exceeds the cost of the reduction. P. Regardless of the method used by the Owner in determining the value of a change order, the Contractor, within thirty (30) calendar days after -a request for the estimate of value shall submit to the Owner a detailed breakdown of the Contractor's estimate, including all subcontractors details, of the value of the Change Order Work, in the format detailed in Exhibit A-1. Each submission shall include a paper copy and an electronic .pdf format of all documentation. 9 Rev 07,2014 G. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in a change order, the compensation specified therein includes a full payment for both the Work covered by the order and for any damage or expense incurred by the Contractor by any delays, including any delays to other Work to be done under the Contract resulting from said change order. The Contractor waives all rights to any other compensation for said damage or expense. H. The Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner shall give the Owner access to accounts and records relating thereto. Section 4.02 - Forn of Change Orders All change orders shall be processed, executed and approved on the Owner's change order form, which is included herein as Exhibit "A" and made a part of the Contract Documents. No alteration to this form shall be acceptable to the Owner and no payment for change order Work shall be due the Contractor unless a change order has been issued and approved on said form. ARTICLE 5 -- TIME OF COMPLETION Section 5.01 - Time of Completion A. The Work shall be commenced at the time stated in the written order of the Owner and shall be completed no later than the date of completion specified in the Contract. All required overtime to maintain progress schedule is included in the Base Bid. B. The date of beginning and the time for completion of the Work, as specified in the Contract, are essential conditions of the Contract. C. The Work shall be prosecuted diligently at such rate of progress as shall insure full completion within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, that the time for the completion of the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual business and labor conditions prevailing in the locality of the Site. D. Time is of the essence on each and every portion of the Work. In any instance in which additional time is allowed for the completion of any Work, the new time of completion established by said extension shall be of the essence. If in the Architect's or Owner's judgment, it becomes necessary at any time during construction to accelerate and/or complete certain areas of the project, the Contractor shall concentrate efforts and manpower on designated areas. E. Where Work occurs within occupied areas, perform same only on approved schedule, so as not to interfere with normal operation of occupied areas. F. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost if the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the Owner. The Contractor shall not be charged with damages or any excess cost for delay in completion of the work if the Owner determines that the delay is due to: 0 Rev 07-2014 1 e any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government of the United States or the State of New York; 2. unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and approved by the Owner, including, but not limited to, acts of God or of public enemy, acts of the Owner, fires, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes and unusually severe weather. G. The time for completion can only be extended by change order and may be extended for. 1. all of the Work, or 2. only that portion of the Work altered by the change order. H. Any claim for extension of time shall be ruade in writing to the Owner not more than ten (10) days after the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be waived. ARTICLE 6 -- TERMINATION Section 6.01 - Termination for Cause In the event that any provision of this Contract is violated by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor of the Contractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor, and upon the Contractor's surety, if any, of the Owner's intention to terminate the Contract. The notice shall briefly state the reasons for the termination and shall specify a termination date. If arrangements satisfactory to the Owner are not made to reprove and remedy the violation, the Contract shall terminate upon the date specified by the Owner in the notice. In the event of termination, the Owner may take over and complete the Work at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be liable to the Owner for all costs thereby incurred by the Owner. In the event of such termination the Owner may take possession of and inay utilize such materials, appliances, and plant as may be located on the Site and which may be necessary or useful in completing the Work. Section 6.02 - Termination for Convenience of Owner The Owner, at any time, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part. Any said termination shall be effected by delivering to the Contractor a notice of termination specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the Contract is terminated and the date upon which said termination becomes effective. Upon receipt of the notice of termination, the Contractor shall act promptly to minimize the expenses resulting from said termination. The Owner shall pay the Contractor for costs actually incurred by the Contractor up to the effective date of said termination, but in no event shall the Contractor be entitled to compensation in excess of the total consideration of the Contract. In the event of said termination the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute same to completion. 11 Rev 07-2014 Section 6.03 - Owner's Right to do Work The Owner may, after notice to the Contractor, without terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, perform or have performed by others all of the Work or any part thereof and may deduct the cost thereof from any monies due or to become due the Contractor. ARTICLE 7 -- DISPUTES Section 7.01 - Disputes Procedure A. If the Contractor claims that any Work which the Contractor has been ordered to perform will be Work which should have been authorized or directed by change order, or that any action or omission of the Owner is contrary to the terms of the Contract, the Contractor shall: 1. File a notice with the Owner which sets forth the basis of the Contractor's claim and requests a resolution of the dispute. Such notice shall be filed within fifteen (15) working days after being ordered to perform the disputed work or within fifteen (15) working days after commencing performance of the disputed work, whichever is earlier, or within fifteen (15) working days after the act or omission of the Owner which the Contractor claims is contrary to the terms of the Contract. 2. Proceed diligently with the performance of the work in accordance with the instructions of the Owner pending the resolution of the dispute by the Owner. 3. Promptly comply with the order of the Owner regarding the disputed matter. 4. Any such decision, or any other decision of the Owner in respect to a dispute, shall be final unless the Contractor, within ten (10) working days after such decision, shall deliver to the Owner a verified written statement which sets forth the Contractor's contention that the decision is contrary to a provision of the contract. Pending the decision of the Owner, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the original decision. The Owner shall determine the validity of the Contractor's claim and such determination shall be final. The Contractor may file a notice with the Owner reserving its rights in connection with the dispute but shall comply with the Owner's decision and complete the work as directed. B. No claim for additional costs regarding changed or extra work shall be allowed unless the work was done pursuant to a written order of the Owner. C. The value of claims for extra work, if allowed, shall be determined by the methods described in the Contract. Refer to Article 4 of these General Conditions. 12 Rev 07-N14 D. The Contractor's failure to comply with any or• all parts of Article 7 shall be deemed to be: 1. a conclusive and binding determination on the part of the Contractor that the order, work, action or omission is not contrary to the terrns and provisions of the Contract; a waiter by the Contractor of all claims for additional compensation, time extension, or damages as a result of said order, work, action or omission. ARTICLE 8 -- SUBCONTRACTS Section 8.01 - Subcontracting A. The Contractor may utilize the services of Subcontractors. B. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner, in writing, the name of each proposed Subcontractor and Sub -Subcontractor, as required by the Contract. The Contractor shall not award any Work to any Subcontractor or Sub -Subcontractor without the prior written approval of the Owner. C. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Work, acts and omissions of Subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. D. The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind Subcontractors to the Contractor by the terrns of the Contract insofar as applicable to the Work of Subcontractors, indemnification and to give the Contractor the same power to terminate any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor. E. The Contractor's use of Subcontractors shall not diminish the Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract, The Contractor shall control and coordinate the Work of Subcontractors. F. Nothing contained in the Contract shall create any contractual relationship between Subcontractors and the Owner. ARTICLE 9 -- COORDINATION AND COOPERATION Section 9.01 - Cooperation with Other Contractors A. Normally, the Work will be performed by a single Contractor. However, the Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Work with its own forces or award separate contracts. In that event, the Contractor shall coordinate its operations with the Owner's forces or separate Contractors. 13 Rev 07-2014 B. The Owner cannot guarantee the responsibility, efficiency, unimpeded operations or performance of any contractor. The Contractor acknowledges these conditions and shall bear the risk of all delays including, but not limited to, delays caused by the presence or operations of other contractors. C. The Contractor shall keep informed of the progress and workmanship of other contractors and shall notify the Owner immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of other contractors where said delay or defective worklnanship may interfere with the Contractor's operations. D. Failure of a Contractor to keep so informed and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance by the Contractor of said progress and workmanship as being satisfactory for proper coordination with the Work, E. If the Contractor notifies the Owner, in writing, that another contractor on the Site is failing to coordinate the work of said contractor with the Work, the Owner shall investigate the charge. If the Owner finds it to be true, the Owner shall promptly issue such directions to the other contractor with respect thereto as the situation may require. The Owner shall not be liable for any damages suffered by the Contractor by reason of the other contractor's failure to promptly comply with the directions so issued by the Owner, or by reason of another contractor's default in performance. F. If the Owner shall deterrine that the Contractor is failing to coordinate the Work with the work of other contractors as the Owner has directed: 1. the Owner shall have the right to withhold any payments due under the Contract until the Owner's directions are complied with by the Contractor; and • 2. the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims or judgments for damages and from any costs or damages to which the Owner may be subjected or which the Owner may suffer or incur by reason of the Contractor's failure promptly to comply with the Owner's directions. G. Should the Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of any other contractor having a contract with the Owner or through any act or omission of any Subcontractor of said other contractor, the Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner for said damage. H. Should any other contractor having a Contract with the Owner sustain damage through any act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the Contractor shall reimburse said other contractor for all said damages and shall indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from all said claims. 14 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 10 _ry PROTECTION OF RIGHTS, PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 1001 - Accidents and Accident Prevention A. The Contractor shall at all times take reasonable precautions for the safety of persons engaged in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable provisions of federal, state; and focal law. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of the Contractor's Work, plant, appliances and methods, and for any damage which may result from the failure or the improper construction, maintenance, or operation of said Work, plant, appliances and methods. B. The Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work, arising out of or in the course of employment on Work under the Contract, and shall immediately notify the Owner- in writing of any injury which results in hospitalization or death. The Contractor shall supply the Owner with all Contractor and Subcontractor written accident investigation forms and accident reports prepared. C. The Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager, Material Safety Data Sheets (OSHA Form 20 or the equivalent) for all chemicals to be used on site. All chemicals requiring any precautionary measures (eg. special storage or disposal requirements, personal protective equipment, or additional ventilation), shall be brought to the attention of Cornell University for review and approval, prior to their use on site. 1. All chemicals brought on site by the Contractor shall be clearly labeled. The label shall state the identity of the chemical, any associated hazards, and the Contractor's name. All Contractor employees who are using chemicals shall be made aware of the hazards associated with their use. Safe chemical handling procedures in accordance with OSHA or other governmental agencies, and manufacturer's recommendations shall be used at all times. 3. The Contractor shall dispose of all chemicals in accordance with EPA and Cornell University requirements, regardless of the size of the container or the quantity of waste, and must receive prior approval of Cornell University. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initiation, maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. E. The Contractor shall, at all times, guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall, at all tunes, guard and protect the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall replace or make good any said loss or injury unless said loss or injury is caused directly by the Owner. F. The Contractor shall have full responsibility to install, protect and maintain all materials and supplies in proper condition and forthwith repair, replace and make good any damage thereto until Final Acceptance. 15 Rev 07,2014 Section 10.02 - Adjoining Property A. The Contractor shall be required to protect all the adjoining property and to repair or replace any such properties damaged or destroyed by the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors thereof, by reason of, or as a result of activities under, for or related to the Contract. Section 10.03 - Emergencies A. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury to persons or property, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Owner, in a diligent manner, to the extent required to avoid or limit such loss or injury, and the Contractor shall notify the Owner immediately thereafter of the action taken. Section 10.04 - Bonds A. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner any required Bonds. The failure of the Contractor to supply the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the Contract signing shall constitute a default. Section 10.05 - Risks Assumed by the Contractor A. Indemnification. To the fullest extent peimitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses, fines, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the perfoinrance of the work including, but not limited to, those arising out of bodily or personal injury, sickness, disease, death, or injury or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, to which the Owner, its agents or employees may be subjected by reason of any negligent act or omission, willful misconduct, violation of law, or breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or any of its subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of there may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by the Owner, except to the extent caused by Owner's own negligence. 1. In the event that any party is requested but refuses to honor the indemnity obligations hereunder, then the party indemnifying shall, in addition to all other obligations, pay the cost of bringing any such action, including attorneys' fees, to the party requesting indemnity. B. Neither the Owner's final acceptance of the work to be performed hereunder nor the making of any payment shall release the Contractor from its obligations under this Section. The enumeration elsewhere in the Contract of particular risks assumed by the Contractor or of particular claims for which the Contractor is responsible shall not be deemed to limit the effect of the provisions of this Section or to imply that the Contractor assurxres or is only responsible for risk or claims of the type enumerated. 16 Rev 07-2614 Section 10.05 - Contractor's Compensation and Liability Insurance A. The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by this Contract, the following kinds of insurance: 1. Worker's Compensation .Insurance. A policy complying with the requirements of the laws of the State of New York and any other laws that may be applicable thereto, including Coverage B Employer's Liability with a limit of not less than $1,000,000. 2, Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance. A standard comprehensive general liability insurance policy, with contractual, completed operations, explosion, collapse and underground property damage coverage's issued to and covering the liability of the Contractor for all work and operations under this Contract, all obligations assumed by the Contractor under this Contract and all damage to work performed by subcontractors on your behalf. The Contractor shall provide Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability insurance, and the Owner shall be an additional insured in the policy. The policy shall include cross liability coverage and shall be endorsed to indicate that it is primary coverage. The completed operations coverage's shall be maintained for not less than two years after acceptance of the work. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage as follows, or such limits carried by the Contractor, whichever is greater: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY' (BROAD.F ORM) $ 5,000,000 Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000 Aggregate 3. Automobile Liability Insurance. A policy covering the use in connection with the work covered by the Contract Documents of all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles bearing, or, under the circumstances under which they are being used, required by the Motor Vehicle Laws of the State of New York to bear license plates. The coverage under such policy shall be not less than a combined single limit for Bodily Injury and Property Damage of: BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY $ 1,000,000 Each Person $ 1,000,000 Each Accident B. In addition to maintaining all of the above insurances, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and its agents and employees from and against liability, including additional premium due because of the Contractor's failure to maintain coverage limits as required under this section. 17 Rev 07-2O14 C. Insurance similar to that required of the Contractor shall be provided by or on behalf of all subcontractors to cover their own operations performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any modifications in these insurance requirements as they apply to subcontractors. D. Before commencing the performance of any work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a current certificate or certificates, in duplicate, of the insurance required under the foregoing provisions including copies of subcontractors certificates. Such certificates .shall be on a form prescribed by the Owner, shall list the various coverage's and shall contain, in addition to any provisions hereinbefore required, a provision that the policy shall not be changed or cancelled and that it will be automatically renewed upon expiration and continued in force until final acceptance by the Owner of all the work covered by the Contract, unless the Owner is given thirty (30) days written notice to the contrary. Upon renewal of each of the Contractor's insurance coverage's, the Owner shall be provided with a new certificate of insurance showing such renewal. Certificates and written notices shall be directed to the Office of Facilities Contracts. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a certified copy of each policy including any and all exclusions to such policy. E. If at any time any of the above required insurance policies should be cancelled, terminated or modified so that insurance is not in effect as above required, then, if the Owner shall so direct, the Contractor shall suspend performance of the work covered in the Contract. If the said work is so suspended, no extension of time shall be due on account thereof. The Owner may, at its option, obtain insurance affording coverage equal to that above required, at the Contractor's expense. Section 10.07 - Liability Insurance of the Owner A. The Owner, at its own cost and expense, shall procure and maintain such liability insurance as will, in its opinion, protect the Owner from its contingent liability to others for damages because of bodily injury, including death, and property damage which may arise from operations under this Contract. 18 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.08 - Owner's and Contractor's Responsibilities for Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance _Hazards A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain in force a builders risk insurance policy on the entire work. Such insurance shall be written on a completed value form and in an amount equal to the initial contract sum and modified by any subsequent modifications to the contract sum. The insurance shall name Cornell University and the State of New York, all subcontractors and sub- subcontractors. The insurance policy shall contain a provision that the insurance will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until the Contractor has given at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Cornell University. The insurance shall cover the entire work at the site, including reasonable compensation for architects services and expenses made necessary by an insured loss. Insured property shall include portions of the work located away from the site and in transit to the site. The policy shall cover the cost of removing debris and demolition as may be legally necessary. The policy shall cover any boiler or machinery loss which may be suffered during installation and until final acceptance. The insurance required shall be written to cover `all risk" of physical loss including a loss due to collapse. Any deductible shall be the responsibility of the Contractor but in no case shall the deductible be more than $10,000 unless Cornell University has agreed to a higher deductible. The Contractor shall provide to Comell University a certificate of insurance and a summary of coverage's including all endorsements and exclusions prior to commencement of the work. Once the policy is received, the Contractor shall provide a copy of such policy to Cornell University. There shall be a mutual waiver of recovery between Cornell University, the Contractor and all other parties to the extent such losses are covered by the builders risk policy. if Cornell University wishes to occupy the building prior to final acceptance and if the policy contains a provision which limits coverage for such partial occupancy, the parties agree work together to obtain consent of the insurance company for such partial occupancy or use under mutually acceptable terms. B. Losses, if any, under such insurance shall be payable to the Owner. C. The Contractor shalt be responsible for any and all loss of materials connected with the construction due to unexplainable disappearance, theft or misappropriation of any kind or nature. D. The foregoing provisions shall not operate to relieve the Contractor and subcontractors of responsibility for any toss or damage to their own or rented property or property of their employees, of whatever kind or nature, or on account of labor performed under the Contract incident to the repair, replacement, salvage, or restoration of such items, including but not limited to tools, equipment, forns, scaffolding, and temporary structures, including their contents, regardless of ownership of such contents, except for such contents as are to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Owner shall in no event be liable for any loss or damage to any of the aforementioned items, or any other property of the Contractor, subcontractors and the Architect, or employees, agents, or servants of same, which is not to be included in and remain a part of the permanent construction. The Contractor and subcontractors severally waive any rights of recovery they may have against the Owner and the Architect for damage or destruction of their own or rented property, or property of their employees of whatever kind or nature. 19 Rev 07-2014 Section 10.09 - Effect of Procurement of Insurance A. Neither the procurement nor the maintenance of any type of insurance by the Owner or the Contractor shall in any way be construed or be deemed to limit, discharge, waive or release the Contractor from any of the obligations and risks imposed upon the Contractor by the Contract or to be a limitation on the nature or extent of such obligations and risks. Section 10.10 - No Third Party Rights A. Nothing in the Contract shall create or give to third parties; any claim or right of action against the Contractor, the Architect, and the Owner beyond such as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. ARTICLE 11- - USE OR OCCUPANCY PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER Section 11.01 — Substantial Completion A. The tern "substantial completion" means the completion of the Work to the extent that Cornell University may have uninterrupted occupancy or use of the facility or specified portion thereof for the purpose for which intended. The Contractor shall obtain all certificates of occupancy required prior to occupancy, and any electrical, mechanical and plumbing certificates, or other certificates or required approvals and acceptances by City, County, and State.governments or other authority having jurisdiction. Section 11.02 - Occupancy Prior to Acceptance A. If, before Final Acceptance, the Owner desires Beneficial Occupancy of the Work, or any part thereof, which is completed or partly completed, or to place or install therein equipment and furnishings, the Owner shall have the right to do so, and the Contractor shall in no way interfere with or object to said Beneficial Occupancy by the Owner. . B. Said Beneficial Occupancy (1) shall not constitute acceptance of space, systems, materials or elements of the Work, nor shall said Beneficial Occupancy affect the start of any guarantee period, and (2) shall not affect the obligations of the Contractor for Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract or other obligations of the Contractor under the Contract. C. The Contractor shall continue the performance' of the Work in a manner which shall not unreasonably interfere with said use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. ARTICLE 12 -- PAYMENT Section 12.01 - Provision for Payment A. The Owner agrees to pay the Contract Price to the Contractor for the performance of this Contract and the fulfillment of all the Contractor's obligations. The Contract Price means all costs reimbursable under the Contract Documents. 20 Rev 07-2014 B. The final certificate of the Architect shall certify that the Contract has been completed within the stipulated time, and shall not be issued until all drawings and specifications have been returned to the Owner. The issuance of said certificates, however, or any payments made thereon shall not lessen the total responsibility of the Contractor to complete the work to the satisfaction of the Owner in accordance with the Contract, C. Payments on the Contract Price shall be made each month as the work progresses in accord with the following procedure: 1. The Contractor's schedule of values, including quantities, aggregating the total Contract Price, divided so as to facilitate payments to subcontractors as specified herein, shall be the basis for monthly progress payments. This schedule, attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and made a part of the Contract Documents, when approved by the Owner and Architect shall be used as a basis for progress payments. In applying for payments, the Contractor shall submit a statement based upon this approved schedule. 2. (a) On a date agreed upon by the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, a meeting shall be held by the Owner to review the work completed and materials on hand. This meeting shall review each item to be submitted by the Contractor in the requisition for payment. (b) On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the Contractor shall submit a written statement, including Contract Number, full name of the project and the name of the Owner's Representative as set forth in Article 15, Section 15.08, in approved format to the Architect with five (5) copies, setting forth in detail the cost of the work done and materials delivered to the job site up to and including the last day of the previous month and shall make application for payment of ninety percent (90%) of the amount of said statement, less the aggregate of all previous payments made by the Owner against the Contract Price. (c) Each statement and application shall be accompanied by duplicate copies of an affidavit, executed by the Contractor, certifying that the statement is true and correct, and that all bills for labor, and materials incorporated in or delivered to the job, due and payable at the time of the preceding progress payment, have been paid. Before final payment is made, the Contractor shall submit evidence that all payrolls, material bills and other indebtedness incurred in connection with the Contract have been paid, including final waivers of any hens. (d) If, pursuant to a prior written agreement with the Owner, payments are requested on account of materials or equipment not incorporated in the work which have been delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some other location, such payments shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale, insurance certificates, notice of bonded warehousing, in accordance with Exhibit " H". The Contractor shall bear the cost of transporting materials stored off-site to the site. 21 Rev 07-2014 3. Each such application for payment shall be subject to the review and approval of the Architect. If the Architect finds that the affidavit and application for payment are acceptable and that all the above requirements in connection therewith have been complied with, the Architect shall, within seven (7) calendar days after receiving such application for payment, certify to the Owner that the payment applied for is due and payable to the Contractor. The Architect shall submit the approved applications for payment to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 4. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment constitutes a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the date of the Application for Payment, that the work has progressed to the point indicated, that, to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner provided in the Agreement within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of the approved Certificate from the Architect. However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Architect shall not hereby be• deemed to represent that the Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work or that the Architect has reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or proceedings or that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. S. Any reduction with respect to retention shall be done in accordance with the Change Order provisions as outlined in Article 4 of these General Conditions. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written request for such reduction including a Consent of the Surety for such reduction. 6. The remaining ten percent (10%) of the value of the work done and materials furnished and installed under this Agreement shall be retained by the Owner as part security for the faithful performance of the Contractor's work within the time specified, and shall be paid as indicated in Section 12.04. D. "Schedule of Amounts for Contract Payments" and "Schedule Contractors Monthly Requisitions" (AIA Document G702; Application and Certificate for Payment) must be submitted, in the form as those contained herein as Exhibit "D", to comply with requirements for tax exemption. 22 Rev 07-2014 Section 12.02 - Withholding Payments A. The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or a part of any Certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss on account of: 1. Defective work not remedied. 7 To assure payment of just claims of any persons supplying labor or materials for the work and to discharge any lien filed against the Owner's property. 3. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid. 4. Damage to another Contractor. 5. Unsatisfactory prosecution of the work by the Contractor. 6. Failure to provide and maintain an acceptable Critical Path Method Network Schedule. Section 12.03 -- Documents and Conditions Precedent to Final Payment A. As -Built Documentation 1. Prior to acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Architect one (1) set of current reproducible full-size Contract Drawings on which the Contractor has recorded in a neat and workmanlike manner all instances where actual field construction differs from work as indicated on the Contract Drawings. B. Final Documentation: 1. Prior to final payment, and before the issuance of a final certificate for payment in accordance with the provisions of these General Conditions, file the following documents with the Owner. a. Warranties, Bonds, Service & Maintenance Contracts and any other extended guarantees stated in the technical sections of the Specifications. b. Release or Waiver of Lien for the Contractor and Sub -Contractors in accordance with Exhibit C, attached hereto. c. Project Record Documents as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 39. d. Notification that Final Punch List work has been completed. e. Manufacturers Instruction and Maintenance Manuals as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 23. 23 Rev 07.2-014 £ Fixed Equipment Inventory as defined in General Requirements Section 01 78 22. 2. The Contractor shall also provide a CD containing scanned .pdf format and/or Word Documents of all documentation. Section 12.04 - Final Payment and Release A. When the Contractor determines that the work or a designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare for submission to the Owner a list of items to be completed or corrected. This list, prepared by the Contractor, shall constitute a complete detailed list of defects and deficiencies which, when remedied, will complete all Contract requirements. The submittal shall be accompanied by a statement to that effect. B. The failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. When the Architect, on the basis of an inspection, determines that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion. C. Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the work acceptable under the provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contract fully performed, and if bonds have been required, the written Consent of the Surety to the payment of the balance due, and a satisfactory Release of Lien, attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and made a part of the Contract Documents, has been submitted by the Contractor, each subcontractor and sub -subcontractor, the Contractor will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, stating that to the best of their knowledge, information, and belief, and on the basis of their observations and inspections the work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, and that the entire balance is due and payable. D. All prior certificates upon which progress payments may have been made, being estimates, shall be subject to correction to the final certificate. E. The acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment aforesaid shall constitute a general release of the Owner and its agents or representatives from all claims and liability to the Contractor. ARTICLE 13 -- TAX EXEMPTION Section 13.01 - Tax Exemption A. The Owner is exempt from payment of Federal, State and local taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes on all materials and supplies incorporated into the completed Work. These taxes are not to be included in bids. This exemption does not apply to tools, machinery, equipment or other property leased by or to the Contractor or a Subcontractor, or to supplies and materials which, even though they are consumed, are not incorporated into the completed Work, and the Contractor and Subcontractors shall be responsible for and pay any and all applicable taxes, including sales and compensating use taxes, on said leased tools, machinery, equipment or other property and upon all said unincorporated supplies and materials. 24 Rev 07-2014 B. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall obtain any and all necessary certificates or other documentation from the appropriate governmental agency or agencies, and use said certificates or other documentation as required by law, rule or regulation. ARTICLE 14 _- GUARANTEE Section 14.01 - Guarantee A. The Contractor, at the convenience of the Owner, shall remove, replace and/or repair at their own costs and expense any defects in workmanship, materials, ratings, capacities or characteristics occurring in or to the work covered by Contract for the period of one (1) year or within such longer period as may otherwise be provided in the Contract, the period of such guarantee to commence with the Owner's final acceptance of all work covered under the Contract, and the Contractor, upon demand, shall pay for all damage to all other work resulting from such defects and all expenses necessary to remove, replace and/or repair such work which may be damaged in removing, replacing or repairing the said defects. Acceptance means final acceptance of the entire work, early partial occupancy notwithstanding B. in some instances the nature of the work may require the Owner to accept various components, equipment, spaces or phase of the project. In such cases the Contractor shall submit a separate guarantee for the Owner's acceptance on the form attached hereto as Exhibit °'E". Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a guarantee for the project on the form attached hereto as Exhibit "E". ARTICLE 15 -- STANDARD PROVISIONS Section 15.01 - Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law or clause required by law to be inserted in the Contract shall be deemed to be inserted therein. Section 15.02 - Laws Governing the Contract The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflict of law principles. Any and all proceedings relating to the subject matter hereof shall be maintained in New York State Supreme Court, Tompkins County or the federal district court for the Northern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for such purposes. Section 15,03 - Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the Contract in whole or in part without prior written consent of the Owner. Section 15.04 - No Third Party Rights Nothing in the Contract shall create or shall give to third parties any claim or right of action against the Owner, beyond such rights as may legally exist irrespective of the Contract. 25 Rev 07-2014 Section 15.05 - Waiver of Rights of Owner A. None of the provisions of the Contract will be considered waived by the Owner except when such waiver is given in writing. Section 15.06 - Nondiscrimination and Affirmative Action A. The Contractor shall submit copies of their Affirmative Action Program and the Affirmative Action Programs of its proposed subcontractors within thirty (30) days after execution of a contract. A meeting to review these forms will be scheduled by the Owner after receipt of the same. Such Affirmative Action Programs must be satisfactory to the Owner. The Contractor shall designate a Compliance Officer in their organization who shall be responsible for implementing the Affirmative Action Program of the Contractor and its subcontractors. Said Compliance Officer shall make such periodic, but not less than monthly, reports on the Plans' progress and on the number of women and minority workers employed. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner Representative on the Affirmative Action Workforce Report and Minority - Women Utilization Report attached hereto as Exhibit "F". B. The Contractor agrees, in addition to any other nondiscrimination provisions of the Contract, that the Contractor shall comply fully with and shall cooperate in the implementation of any Affirmative Action Requirements for Equal Employment Opportunity and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) participation required by the Owner, at no additional cost to the Owner. Any such requirements shall be incorporated in their entirety in all subcontracts of any tier. C. These provisions shall be deemed supplementary to the nondiscrimination provisions required by applicable federal and state law. D. The Contractor shall submit for Owner approval, a plan of affirmative action designed to assure minority group members an equal opportunity in employment and subcontract work within thirty (30) days of contract award. The Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan must be approved by the Owner. E. The following fonns, attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and made a part of the Contract Documents, are to be used in submitting Affirmative Action Plans and hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. 1. Use of MBE and WBE Vendors (Form I) 2. Summary of bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors (Foam H) 3. Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Form III) 4. Minority -Women Utilization Report (Form IV) This Plan is supplementary to all federal and state nondiscrimination requirements. Cornell University is an Equal Employment Opportunity Employer. 26 Rev 07-2014 F. The goals for participation (minority and female), expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force in each trade on all construction work, are as follows: Carpenters 4.8% Electricians 14.1% Laborers 7.8% Masons 2.8% Painters 25.7% Plumbers 5.9% Sheetmetal Workers 4.0% G. The Contractor shall. demonstrate compliance with these goals by submission of the Affirmative Action Workforce Report (Exhibit F — Fonn III) on a monthly basis. The Prime Contractor shall. provide a single monthly report inclusive of all subcontractor information for the project labor. On-site office personnel should not be included in the "workforce" totals. Such forms shall be submitted to: Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Section 15.07 - Limitation on Actions No action or proceeding shall be filed or shall be maintained by the Contractor against the Owner unless said action shall be commenced within six (6) months after receipt by the Owner of the Contractor's final requisition or, if the Contract is terminated by the Owner, unless said action is commenced within six (6) months after the date of said termination. Section 15.08 - Owner's R.epresentative The Owner shall designate a representative authorized to act in its behalf with respect to'the Project. The Owner or its representative shall examine documents and shall render approvals and decisions pertaining thereto promptly, to avoid unreasonable delay in the progress of the Contractor's work. Only directives from Cornell University's designated representative (Dustin Sutherland) shall be recognized by the Contractor. 27 Rev 07-2014 ARTICLE 16 -- ACCOUNTINGS, INSPECTION AND AUDIT The Contractor agrees to keep books and records showing the actual costs incurred for the Work. Such books and records (including, without limitation, any electronic data processing files used by the Contractor in analyzing and recording the Work) shall be open for inspection and audit by the Owner and its authorized representatives at reasonable hours at the Contractor's local office or at the Owner's office, if necessary, and shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of seven years after the Work has been completed, except that if any litigation, claim or audit is started before the expiration date of the seven year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims or audit findings involving the records have been resolved.. Each Sub - Contractor shall be similarly obligated to maintain, for inspection and audit by the Owner, books and records respecting the Work. If requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish copies of any and all subcontracts, purchase orders and/or requisitions of any nature associated with the project. ARTICLE 17 — CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION The Owner shall schedule a meeting at fifty percent (50%) based on project invoicing and at project completion to review with the Contractor their performance for the project unless performance warrants additional reviews. The Owner shall present its review based on the attached "Contractor Performance Evaluation", Exhibit I. The Contractor shall be given the opportunity to provide input as to the findings of the evaluation after completion by the Owner. ARTICLE 18 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patents, and shall save Cornell University harmless from loss on account thereof; except that Cornell University shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or product is specified by Cornell University unless the Contractor shall have reason to believe that the particular process or product infringes a patent, in which event it shall be responsible for loss on account thereof unless it promptly provides such information to Cornell University. ARTICLE 19 -- CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF OWNER'S NAME Section 19.01 - Release of lrrforrnation The Contractor shall not divulge information concerning the Work (including news releases, internal house organs, applications for permits, etc.) to anyone without Cornell University's prior written approval, except to subcontractors and suppliers to the extent that they need such information to perform their work. The Contractor shall require a similar agreement from each such subcontractor and supplier, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. Cornell University reserves the right to release all information, as well as to time its release and specify its form and content. The Contractor may obtain Cornell University's approval to release information by submitting such request to the Cornell University Project Manager. 28 Rev 07-2014 Section 19.02 - Confidential Information The term "Confidential Information" means all unpublished information obtained or received. from Cornell University during the term of this Contract which relates to Cornell University's research, development, manufacturing and business affairs. The Contractor shall not disclose confidential information to any person, except to its employees and subcontractors to the extent that they require it in the performance of their Work, during the term of this Contract and until authorized by Cornell University in writing. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall hold all confidential information in trust and confidence for Cornell University, and shall use confidential information only for the purpose of this Contract. The Contractor and its • subcontractors shall require all of their employees to whom confidential information is revealed to comply with these provisions. The Contractor shall have an agreement with each subcontractor, requiring their compliance with the foregoing. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to defend in case of litigation related to its services rendered, permission shall be sought from Cornell University, who shall not unreasonably withhold such permission, before any disclosures are made. This Section does not apply to information which (I) is or becomes known in public domain or (2) is learned by the Contractor from third parties. Section 19.03 - Use of Owner's Name The Contractor shall not use, in its external, advertising, marketing program, or other promotional efforts, any date, pictures, or other representation of the Owner except on the specific written authorization in advance of the Owner's Representative. ARTICLE 20 -- CORNELL UNIVERSITY STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT Cornell University expects all executive officers, trustees, faculty, staff, student employees, and others, when acting on behalf of the university, to maintain the highest standard of ethical conduct as per Cornell University's Policy 4.6 - Standards of Ethical Conduct, a copy of which is available at http://finance,fs.comell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfm. This includes treating equally all persons and firms currently doing business with or seeking to do business with or for Cornell University, whether as contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers. Such persons and firms are respectfully reminded that Connell University employees and their families may not personally benefit from Cornell University's business relationships by the acceptance of gifts or gratuities, defined as a gift in excess of $75,00 given to a Cornell employee for personal use. Items not considered gifts/gratuities include occasional business meals, items of an advertising nature, and items that are generally distributed to all potential customers. In addition, it is expected that the Contractor's officers and employees shall conduct all business related to this Contract within the highest ethical standards, observing applicable policies, practices, regulations, law, and professional standards. All parties are expected to report violations of this policy to appropriate university personnel. You may file a report to on the web https://secure.ethicspoint.comm/domain/en/report custom.asp?clientid=6357 or contact Cornell University through EthicsPoint by dialing toll-free 1-866-293-3077. ?9 Rcv 67-2014 Cornell University Facilities Services CHANGE ORDER Cornell University Facilities Contracts 121 FIurrtphreys Service Building Ithaca, New York 14853 EXHIBIT °'A" Distribution to: OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER LI L1 0 0 0 PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: TO (Contractor): You are directed to make the following changes in this Contract: INITIATION DATE: OWNERS CONTRACT NO: CONTRACT DATE: Item No. Description Reference Amount Not valid until signed by both the Owner and Contractor. Signature of the Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement herewith, including any adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time. The original (Contract Price) was $ Net change by previously authorized Change Orders $ The (Contract Price) prior to this Change Order was $ The (Contract Price) will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order $ The new (Contract Price) including this Change Order will be $ The Contract Time will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by ( ) Days. The Date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES! CORNELL UNIVERSITY CONTRACTOR OWNER BY BY TITLE TITLE DATE DATE EXHIBIT "A-1" CORNELL UNIVERSITY Division of Facilities Services Construction Contract Change Order Forms Instructions to Change Order Documentation Facilities Services ("FS") has created this Standard Change Contract Change Order Request and Change Order Summary Forms to facilitate preparation of contract charge orders in conformity with construction contract requirements. The forms have been prepared to comply with contract requirements presented in the General Conditions, dated July 2014. The Change Order Request form shall be used by the Contractor and by all Subcontractors in preparing their cost estimates for services associated with the Changed Work. Tlie Contractor shall submit to the Owner the Change Order Summary Fora with all associated back-up documentation. Direct Cost of the Work: 1. Direct Labor — Include the "wages paid" hourly direct labor and/or foreman necessary to perform the required change. "Wages paid" is the burdened labor rate documented in accordance with Section 2.14 — Project Labor Rates of the General Conditions. "Assigned Personnel or Work Crews" should be stated by trade or type of work performed not by name of person or company title. For example carpenter, mason, backhoe operator, etc. Supervisory personnel in district or home office shall not be included. Supervisory personnel on the job -site, but with broad supervisory responsibility and paid as salaried personnel, shall not be included as Direct Labor 2. Direct Material — Include the acquisition cost of all materials directly required to perform the required change. Examples of "Unit of Measure" include square feet, cubic yards, linear feet, days, gallons, etc. 3. Equipment — Include the rental cost of equipment items necessary to perforin the change. For company-owned equipment items, include documentation of internal rental rates. Charges for small tools, and craft specific tools are not allowed. Bond Premiums The Contractor's actual documented bond premium rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change. Overhead & Profit The Contractor's overhead & profit rate shall be added to all direct and indirect costs of the proposed change in accordance with the Contract. CY.J of LI UNIVERSITY FACILITIES CILITIES S:ERVIC'E S PROTECT TLE Nan o$CoD ct r:"Subco tac tor pE-.1:-A-larg.i oit DESCPIFTTON OF WORK EXHIBIT AT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 4`T NGF C'PRUEF REQUEST DATE: COR CONTRAC,1 NO, A. DIRECT COST OE WORK.: 1 LABOR (Ana :h1 pp DDo.,txm,atiou ASS/C30a) PERSONNEL OR WORK CF'. ll 3 1JATERi.AL(AttachS'upp.,' ;.owr,ca ration`? MATERIAL REQUTREF3 FOR C2L CE 5 EQLTPILENT (Arad. S ppardll_ Docu_m3± G) EQUIPMENT EEQU! RED FOR CHANGE 4 5 6 so CONTRACTOR (Math Sup»trs; D „mmtat) Si13-SPBCONT ACTORREADFORCHANCE HOURLY 1VAC. RATE P HOURS O LABOR TOTAL PRICE UNIT O,' 3tEASUFE. REQUIRED UMTS EQUIPMENT TOTAL DIRECT COST (SUM 1, 2, 3) OIi&P Rte SUE -SUB COST OF S§ORH SUB -SUB MARKUP! - 7 SLID -SUBCONTRACTOR TRACTOR TOTAL OVERHIsnAND FROrnT OH&PRte TOTAL COST PLUS OH&P (SUMM•t. 5, 6, 7) 4 Bent PREMIUM (If 1ppiicablrj Bond Premium Rate TOTAL COR COST TOTAL COI iE ACT DAYS ADDED/DTI 91D TROM PROJECT SCHEDULE TOTAL COST 50 50 50 50 TOTAL COST g0 50 50 .50 TOTAL COST 50 50 50 5o 50 TOTAL COST A 50 50 50 sot • Name of Contractor o 00 o o 03 r 00 00 00 0s trei Each Allowance must be listed as a Separate Item. ti o G U [r1 o r z FINAL RELEASE FINAL WAIVER OF CLAIMS AND LIENS AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS Date Contract Date Project Contract Price Address Net Extras and Deductions City Adjusted Contract Price County Amount Previously Paid State Balance Due - Final Payment EXHIBIT "C` The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the above Balance Due when paid represents payment in full for all labor, materials, etc., furnished by the below named Contractor or Supplier in coinfection with its work on the above Project in accordance with the Contract. In consideration of the amounts and sums previously received, and the payment of S being the full and Final Payment amount due, the below named Contractor or Supplier does hereby waive and release the Owner from any and all claims and liens and rights of liens upon the premises described above, and. upon improvements now or hereafter thereon, and upon the monies or other considerations due or to become due from the Owner or from any other person, firm or corporation, said claims, liens and rights of hens being on account of labor, services, materials, fixtures or apparatus heretofore furnished by the below narned Contractor or Supplier to the Project. The premises as to which said claims and liens are hereby released are identified as follows: The undersigned further represents and warrants that he/she is duly authorized and empowered to sign and execute this waiver on his/her own behalf and on behalf of the company or business for which he/she is signing; that it has properly performed all work and furnished all materials of the specified quality per plans and specifications and in a good and workmanlike manner, fully and completely; that it has paid for all the labor, materials, equipment and services that it has used or supplied, that it has no other outstanding and unpaid applications, invoices, retentions, holdbacks, expenses employed in the prosecution of work, chargebacks or unbilled work or materials against the Owner as of the date of the aforementioned last and final payment application; and that any materials which have been supplied or incorporated into the above premises were either taken from its fully -paid or open stock or were fully paid for and supplied on the last and final payment application or invoice. The undersigned further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner for any losses or expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys° fees) should any such claim, lien or right of lien be asserted by the below named Contractor or Supplier or by any of its or their laborers, material persons or subcontractors. In addition, for and in consideration of the amounts and sums received, the below named Contractor or Supplier hereby waives, releases and relinquishes any and all claims, rights or causes of action in equity or law whatsoever arising out of through or under the above mentioned Contract and the performance of work pursuant thereto. The below named Contractor or Supplier further guarantees that all portions of the work famished and installed are in accordance with the Contract and that the terms of the Contract with respect to this guarantee will remain in effect for the period specified in said Contract. Sworn to before me this Corporation or Business Name Day of 20 By: Title: G13 OZ,1 OF Cd 00 z .• z o Q 6 4 u c a O ca.. c.< AIA DOCUMENT G702 ( AI-rLICATION AND CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMEI z O CONTRACT DAT VIA ARCHITECT: FROM CONTRACTOR. CONTRACT F I. ORIGINAL CONTRACT SUM CONTRACTOR: 2. Net change by Change Orders 3 . CONTRACT SUM TO DATE (Line 3 ± 2) EXHIBIT "D w c.5 a •0. r w -a.n a0 0 c o -8 ,r, O us c < 6 6 7',.i. c IC Z 0 0 y .` 2 0 cn •4 W C3 � C '- O A. 5 6Ell • v W a r 8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE w c9 ua c� a J c/a dna o O v -1 E G1 DEDUCT" ONS ADDITIONS CHANGE ORDE%! SUMMARY 0 0 V 0 M Fn f- 0 0S F$5 00 0 4) 0 b AIA DOCUMENT G703 (instructions on reverse side) CONTINUATION SHEET PERIOD TO: the nearest dollar. ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO., R 4) C 4) y as 4) 4) ca U 0 O 2 O EXHIBIT "D" RETAINAGE (IF VARIABLE) RATE) W 0 =- ak-z -.tw U 0 J 0 TOTAL COMPLETED AND STORED TO DATE (D+E+F) w MATERIALS PRESENTLY STORED (NOT IN DORE) ua WORK COMPLETED THIS PERIOD 0 FROM PREVIOUS APPLICATION {D +E) 0 SCHEDULED VALUE DESCRIPTION OF WORK d �z GUARANTEE Date: EXHIBIT "E" Iii accordance with plates and specifications and the terms and conditions of our contract with Cornell University dated , we ]hereby guarantee the as found in the specifications for , Ithaca, New York to be free (Project Title) from defects in materials and workmanship for the period of year(s) from , the date of acceptance by the Owner. (Date) By: Title: (COMPANY) EXHIBIT 1'F" FORM 1 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAIN Use of MBE and WBE Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required, PROJECT Amount of Contract: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Telephone Number (Including Area Code): Trade: 1. List previous Cornell University work done by your firm.: 2. Do you intend to subcontract any work on this project? Yes No A. What is the total dollar value of work you intend to subcontract? Amount $ AND Range: Fi-om $ to 5 3. Do you intend to purchase supplies and/or use vendor services? A. What is the total dollar value of your intended purchase and/or vendor? Amount $ AND Range: From $ to 5 4. List the work you plan to subcontract in area A. below and list the items you propose to purchase and/or vendor services you propose to use in area B. Use additional sheet(s) if required. A. Trade Amount of Work to be B. Supplies and/or Vendor Services Subcontracted Trade Amount $ Item Amount 5 5 5 5 EXHIBIT "F" FORM I 5. Indicate by dollar value and percentage of contract, the total of your goal for minority and female vendors and subcontractor participation including your goal for purchases and services. (The percentage given should be a percentage of your total contract amount. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount AND Percentage 6. Indicate your goal for minority participation in the labor force by dollar value and percentage of total monthly manpower per trade. MBE Amount $ AND Percentage WBE Amount $ AND Percentage 7. List MBE and WBE vendors utilized by your firm over the past five (5) years: MBE or WBE Vendor CONTRACT (Indicate which) ADDRESS PROJECT TRADE AMOUNT This space provided for any comments your organization may have regarding the utilization of MBE and WBE vendors: OFFICER OF PRIME CONTRACT BIDDER: Name and Title: Date: Signature: 2 EXHIBIT "F" FORM II CNTRACTOR'S AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Please print or type all information, except where a signature is required, PROJECT: Name of Prime Contract Bidder: Address (Street, City, State and Zip Code): Contact Person (Name, Title and Telephone Number): MBE and WBE Subcontractor/Vendor Item/ Bid Submitted: Award Status Date of (Indicate which) Trade Date Ainount Date Amount Elimination EXPLANATION OF ELMINATION: Include meetings held for negotiation, etc. (Use additional sheet if necessary) OFFICER OF FIRM: Name and Title: Date: Signature: min in mom moil 1,1 • . AL., i5.,; z ;31 r.11 A -1 LA ri ;4; rJ z 0 0 H U H z 0 U U 0 0 QI 0 z 0 z 4 L-9 (1,orneli trithrersity Faties Services EXHIBUf '6" LBO R RATE BEEUCDOWN PROJECT TITLE; CONTRACT, NO, C:O TRADE: EFFECTIVE DATE: Eila113,..A.TION DATE Bare 'Hourly Rate: Payroll Taxes and Insurante ffs per Rear FICA. Federal Unoninployineni State Unexeule.),..n.nt Worher's Corgensation * Bodily Isijury & Property Damage Disability TOTAL Payroll Taxes and Insurance Rates: Base Rate (z) Total %5 * Rates are net Contractor cost after premium diii.eounis and esponience modifications have been applied 3.pialt Tna wa.71. rate_ Supplemental Befit Vacation He, Ith & Welfare Pension Annuity Ecrlalion Ti' Industry S- per Elms Total Hourly FrOsne Benefits Hourly Litres Fats: Base Rate, T1,7.--1.11411.70X-e and FriaRe Benefits, Adjunim.,nt for a COMD6SLIE r idIiICJUESapprentices: CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION 5 5 certify that the fiber rates, insurance =trona, labor fringe enuraeration—.c and esrpenses ara corrnt and in ant -ordain with act and true cost incurred_ Signature iaf Authorized REpracmfatri,. •er: Print Name: Plitt Title: Cornell University Facilities Set ices PROJECT TITLE: CONTRACTOR: REASON FOR REQUEST: STORED ILAT .RIALS INVOICING SUBCONTRACTOR: DOCUMENTATION CONTRACT NO. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. Material Icle€r i if ca tion Description: DATE; Provide Specific Location of Materials Stored; Quantity: 2 Material Value g Attach azt Invoice or Quantified Statement of Value. Certificate of Insurance EDAttach a Certificate of Insurance for the above specified materials. Certificate shall name "Cornell University" as a loss payee with respect to the specified materials. 4 Transfer of Title The Contractor hereby agrees to transfer complete ownership of all listed materials to Connell University at The time payment is made to Contactor for the above referenced Application for Payment. The Contractor remains responsible for all contractual requirements for the above listed materials including complete installation and providing of all warranties. Signed: Dale: EXHIBIT "H" Cornell:University Pa' diLitiEg Services' Project nfomatkn Prod. Pr4E.C.1 1.4.1.mtar. Fet EtM Cal: Evaizzator(s}: Evaluanri EXHIBIT "I" Exhibit Contractor Polorma.tce EvaiLiation .subtMC-ornplulon.: Cr Olgral CuntmetAriltinE Tob4CtiangeOrds' itmoirit GuiLt=zr PtMa OugractIrg 5-iperlittaidant PELMATICati3Si Cat-mri: NIA 0 Pray eislation 0 Rig: Evalizatzii Type of Contract LilPrUne Catraaar =507Ita.:4.-ri Owens:L=2v ki•AriagriErd. • PIrdeciCniirrescilpibrt Performance Evaluation Please give one rating for each category_ Md comments as required to justify your ra5rag. QuOtyofVforkrnadaaialp Rate SYS' CQrrdactardpenrog a ce Innejardds to quail.), 431SSTnkr a Corroilame w:`h prr;JEci 4sirsgs and speor9dat ons tx Wnrkrnan,'Inp nitoity and aosisrasy c. T o—qualty aril guarey d Ecu rmEert — S -'r b oizatty and or_ I rl otinnfcm e. Mon. y j 3sde crat p8 -an met 2 Sobs draersgrProduothity Rale thh contactors perrannence l WI reg -ed to jaradlrcing and f I9 contra:: scarealife and miss mors. a. PRl} Ed—leaf: qin I y alt ocroples.eress b. CorftEngo :grolects4•tet.iie c. Mrrpowera#Iocallan fxrnaaanlrig SalEd • 1.1a`-la;d ieres to supportprsje.:tsw1e te e. ACiI2 to rnet substarAW completion date ark project rrlles::xiEE i ProMeter.t.iyofvontfarea Cdxrorer_r`.:s: Unacceptable 1 Poor Average 1 Very Good] 1 Exceltenf 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 3 S€7be ntratt4Ar Managem&nt nate Chd.; Gandactord any. ercrt and success .1 arena- and coo=arrig sist.crsrldaLacvs(rdearlsubsonracaors,rarethis coluracaor5 avatar! prolocamanagerrderapentrmance)_ 4 MBEMHE Par€f ipat1on RXe4saa na,,nt'enfLt °s d:SBSW seri th+a e1f0,4 and pap=p for Ms perderri 2lr ProAst ream, Strtcootisctar, kfatesIV Vendor. CsnnrrarAs: 1 2 4 2 3 4 5 Safely 1 2 3 4 Rafe VI1a rra3a=r5 perlsmance ird regards m profEGt Safely. TImC sotio%sston or s€le spec=so=oty Ixogram b. Kw:nea e d S 11iA stands -Cs c lmplertent< ann of safety p_Ltar and rE rt arm dr Pawn and crea#tcn of &get ViZrEless e Day and overall homekeeghtg t Saf_fy.eWld g. Response to sty ca „ons Avktatensac pn.1117 spa y Illlaccepte[eN I Pear :...verage Very Goofi I Ev.0elizni 5 ContraeLeslinleletraikAi 1 2 2 4 5 Refe55cefgreder5 peOmr.e.i.ce 5reperas to cav2cr p1e 2.3•atw. 2. TIme!y subels5-041. CDT2p5tE 21 earreet illetuTestteti,:d reql.fzell 5.7 Insurance aria 5115 5(Menge Drier pr,..seing 0. 'Tiree,..y stewrisgue V Utz, 25r t0jsart5 Csrs C.70CTS 5. 4i...hevrardeirc pey[nerlis rezee rpy •^,:eer,2!•4.e. az,d correct -F.4.Fcre-ii apett C.-.10..-Vy pepsuNk C;.e[mr.e.r.ts: .• 7 Working Rs51 1 2 2 4 Rafe 0-111, C001 5r45e2 walcergraxelk-,,nees onerpieten Cemeil; di pm?zo5-n5I/bCa1t1201OrS, erc.1 Comm-sree: Supervleory Pficeorme1 RatIng 1 2 3 4 5 Hate Me 0k51'e2perAtZar42 Of tws me132sl2r3 pesmlei 505p555 reaq-egezeni 5.155 CDrerroents: Covirect CiDee-C[Est 1 2 4. Rate 155 centred= Dvarea lati4 5 ±Sooe ca 515Arnlect & Timely compk.etan 15511 romciast. terns b. Timely resdareca 15 011 ca.r'''-reaneirka mange attars 0. 71rnay si.txreestan 15' 51 dose -D[4 docurnerts 4OMs. Aui5 1r arrarit s, Ger[azi CcgtsulceV&OctrAVastar Fnet Releases and Go(een1=el Vire), aturty,101 dcGe-aut Ef,n[reentaZen arye tmely prepletin el.any are.alcarg atKitt cADM,Trie Comment: 3 Summary Sheet 2 3 4 5 B 7 a i3 Project: Contractor: Performance Categories Quality of Workmanship Sateduling Subcontractor Management MBEIWBE Participation Salty Ccniraot Adrnir;istration -Working Relatonships On -Site Supenr:soay Parsoanel Rating Contract Ctase-Out Rating par Category WAYS sr,3--�i A �r--- Weight (%) 15 iii 10 10 10 t0 WMPIVMil 10 7 Scoring 0.00 0.00 WZ .v 3 0.00 0.00 0.00 0_[ 0.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 Rang Reference Fats teatieve expect f��ds trr�rnuzmenF� Fsliy agues expec1attaras_ Frequence axcecds expel 4 Con9.4eriby Exceeds expects Corneli/Contractor Evaluation Revimi Input (Page 5 to be flied out by the C.°,ontrator eore thertiscitssion me:Ming} Contractor Project Date Contractor Comments: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK February 25, 2016 SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY O WuiK.............1 1.0 2.0 GENEAL.®.......®..®......®..................................................................a...................®.............1 1.1 DESCRII'TION.......................................................................................................1 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS.............................................................. 2 1.3 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS ........................ 2 (PRODUCTS - NOT USED....................................................................®......................... 3 3.0 EXECUTION - - NOT USED............................................................................................ 3 SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS....................................................................... 1 1.0 GENERAL ................................................................................................................1 2.0 3.0 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS.................................................................................... 1 1.2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES................................................................... 1 1.3 PARDING....................................................................................................a..........2 1.4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERVICES ..................................... 3 1.5 OBSTACLES, INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION 3 1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS4 1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. 4 1.8 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS, ETC... ...... 5 1.9 STAND DOWN DATES5 1.10 WORKING HOURS6 PRODUCTS - NOT USED........................................................................................®..... 6 EXECUTION - NOT USED............................................................................................ 6 SECTION 01 22 00 UNIT PRICING........................................................................................ 1 1.0 GENEL......................................................................................................................... 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUM.ENTS.................................................................................... 1 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS.. ...... ......... ...... 1 1.3 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES............................................................................ 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USE...............................................®.........®.................................... 1 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED............................................................................................ 1 SECTION 0125 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS..................................1 1.0 GENERAL.........................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................1 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS2 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST 2 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 1.6 PROCEDURES............................................3 1.7 EQUIVALENTS - APPROVED EQUAL3 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS 4 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS 6 February 25, 2016 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS 7 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION 8 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES 8 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 8 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 8 SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1 L3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 3 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 4 SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 PROCEDURES 1 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW 2 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 4 3.0 EXECUTION -- NOT USED 4 SECTION 0132 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY 1 1.2 FORM OF SCHEDULES 1 1.3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES 1 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS 2 1.5 SUBMISSIONS 3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 DISTRIBUTION 3 • SECTIk/N01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHICl�����7���Y��/����8�._-._-..-......,^.._~-..'...~... � 1.0 K��]��J�/��~,...-.^_,_.~,,.,^,~,,^.,,,,~.^~^1 1.1 Y)�B��J��l{)Y�--__------------------------------'] 1,2 �lJB��IJT4��----------------------_-----------.l 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 1 3.0 EXECUTION 1 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION P}TOTO(]RAP1l8-------..... ------...... -} 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS -....... --_-_----------....... ----1 3,3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS... SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES .-.._-.-__----,._.,..........,,...^^....-- 1 1.0 ����U�B��J�.._...~.-..............--,...`.....~.~^^....~.~~,^^.,.,^...~^^^^^.,^.................._.~.-..,l 1.1 I]ESCRlyTI(}N------........... ---.... --......... -----....... -----.\ 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SC}\El]LLE------..... -----.......... 1 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS------ ........... ..... ----................. -........ -----2 1.4 PRODUCT I}ATA---........ ........ -.... -.......... ------....... ...... 3 1.5 SAMPIJE8-.---........ --........ ---..... ........... _--........ ....... ---...... 4 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY C[NTR(]l. SUBMITTALS.. --- 5 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS ---------......... ....... ---..... ...... -6 1.8 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES ........ ......... -------------...... 9 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEl]l}8ES----............ ...... -------------..... l0 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS ------........ --..... -...... ------........... ll 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS----...... ..... ----..... .~----]3 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES -......... --------------....... ..... 12 I.13 DISTRIBUTION ---------------------------------l3 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 13 3.0 EXECUTION- NOT USED e•f,•eampeeseoen•Ge•a,me••e••••••13eac.••egeememeoa•at•ueuveagazacEee•aeoete.aaameome•eascre• 13 SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & 1 1.0 2.0 GENERAL000,13-00[103600114.,*(pde08,0.51“0.13-0.006.0,0010B.CPS....1100,690,00006113.0.M.A,00.1.410.11.11,9.0,BUSEDVOVMODig,t860-0,0.001,,..."“..00.1a00,11 1.1 DESCRIPTION ............... --... --............ -----.............. ----............... .1 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PLAN -----...... ...... ---............ -........... l 1.3 A8BEST(]S--..... ............. ....... ----........ ----.................. ..... .....--1 1.4 LEAD --.............. ........ .............. -...... ....... ......... ........ ---........ ..... ..... .2 1.5 SITE VISITS ......... ............. -........ .................. -........ _____________ ........ 2 PRODUCTS- NOT USED ....moo e oaaeo vo ec."•••••coo ea ema eaa ea oo oe E.". woo.....aes.ase o..•.at,ea eeal oo.cee-aottea. au ot, 2 3M EXECUTION - NOT U0ED...��~...........-.......-...-..-~...._,...^.~�.....~~.~.~2 SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 1.4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION 1 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE 2 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW 2 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION 2 1.8 DUST CONTROL 3 1.9 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK 4 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 4 1.12 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE 5 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION --- NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 SPILL PREVENTION 1 1.2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES 1 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION 4 2.0 PRODUCTS --- NOT USED 5 3.0 EXECUTION -- NOT USED 5 SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES 1 1.2 INSPECTIONS 1 1.3 COMPLIANCE 1 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS 2 2.0 PRODUCTS -- NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS 3 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 4 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 5 2A PRODUCTS NOT USED ....�.....:�......<<.w...........w............. ? 7 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED.-------------.--------„,._.--------_ 17 SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL .............._„..........r........,_................................. 1 1.0 GENE L....................................................................................................®....................1 2.0 3.0 1.1 DESCRiI'TION...................................................................................................... 1 1.2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION....................................................... 1 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE 2 1.4 TEST'INC............................................................................................................... 3 1.5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE........................................................................... 3 PRODUCTS- NOT USED..................w........................................................................... 3 EXECUTION- NOT USED ........................®................................................................... 3 SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES ............................................... 1 1.0 GENE L,.......................................®.................................................................................1_ 1.1 DESCRIPTION.......................„............... ....... ........... ..... ...... ......... ..... 1 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF LABORATORY............................................................. 1 1.3 LABORATORY DUTIES...................................................................................... 2 1.4 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY .................... 3 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 3 2.0 3.0 PRODUCTS- NOT USED.............................................................................................. 4 EXECUTIONNOT USED............................................................................................ 4 SECTION 0145 33 CODE REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS & PROCEDURES ..1 1.0 GENEL.........................................................................................................................1 1.1 REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 1 1.2 DEFINITIONS........................................................................................................ 1 1.3 Ql 1ALIFICATIONS............................................................................................... 2 1.4 SUBMITTALS....................................................................................................... 2 1.5 PAYMENT............................................................................................................. 2 1.6 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES.............................................................................. 2 1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES................................................................. 2 1.8 LIMITS ON AUTHORITY.................................................................................... 3 2.0 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING..................................................................................... 3 3.0 2.1 SOILS..................................................................................................................... 3 2.2 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 DOCUMENTATION........................................................................................................ 5 3.1 RECORDS AND REPORTS 5 3.2 COMMUNICATION 6 3.3 DISTRIBUTION OF REPORTS6 3.4 FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 7 SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2M PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES 1 2.3 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION 1 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 3 2.5 SUPPORTS 3 2.6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES 3 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL 4 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION 4 2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES 5 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS 6 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 6 2.12 SECURITY 6 2.13 FIELD OFFICES 6 3.0 EXECUTION 6 3.1 PREPARATION 6 3.2 GENERAL 6 3.3 REMOVAL 7 SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 1 2.0 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL 1 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY, LIGHTING AND WATER 1 2.3 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE 2 2.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 2 3.0 EXECUTION 3 3.1 REMOVAL 3 SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL________ 1 1.0 GENE L ............................ 1. DESCRII'TION...........................................................................e.,..:.....e.............., 1 1.2 SIJCMITTALS............................................................................................... ....... 1. 1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................... 1 1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS.......................................................................... 1 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS ..................... 2 1.6 INSPECTIONS .......................... 2.0 PRODUCTS NOT USED .............................................................................................. 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED...............................®.®®....®........®........................................... 3 SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION-__________-.....--______ 1 1.0 GENE,.®<..<.................................................®....®®...............®..®...®.......®..........................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................1 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING ...................... 1.3 ON-SITE STORAGE........ ...... ....... ....... ................. ..................... 1 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE..„„„„..................... ..... ................... 2 1.5 PROTECTION.. ...... ............ . .............. ...... 2 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION............................................................ 3 2.0 PRODUCTS -NOT USED.............................................................................................. 4 3.0 EXECUTION -- NOT USED............................................................................................ 4 SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING..........................................................................1 1.0 GENERAL.....................................................................................................®...................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION....................................................................................................... 1 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR..................................................................... 1 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS.... ..... ..... .............. ........ ...... 1 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS ................................ 2 1.5 RECORDS.............................................................................................................. 2 1,6 SUBMITTALS..................................................................... 2MPRODUCTS - NOT USED..............................................................................®............... 3 3.0 EXECUTION--- NOT USED............................................................................................ 3 SECTION 01 73 23 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING........................................ 1 1.0 2.0 GENERAL.........................................................................................................................1 1.1 DESCRIPTION.........._ .......................................... .... .............. 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE2 1.4 WARRANTIES 4 PROD UCTS....................................................................................................................... 4 2.1 MATERIALS. ............ ..... .......... ................... ....... ...... ....... 4 3.0 EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSPECTION 4 3.2 PREPARATION 5 3.3 PERFORMANCE 5 3.4 CLEANING 7 SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 INSPECTIONS 1 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 1.3 FINAL CLEAN UP 3 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK 3 2M PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 3 SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY 1 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 2 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 2 SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 1 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL 2 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES 4 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS 4 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 6 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 7 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 7 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 7 3.0 EXECUTION - NOT USED 7 SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1 1.0 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 1 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) 2 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) 2 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS 2 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED 2 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED .... ...... ...>_=>== = :... ..a. ,.,.- ......n:...,..........,.....,........ 2 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED...e..............9.....................,......,..................,...........o.....,. 2 SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOC�11 EN.....9®.................a..®®a......................,......a............ 1 1.0 GENERAL.........................a.®.......,.............m...........®........,...o..®a®.........e..........,...a.......e®.®...1 1.1 �ESCIP I�I�............................................................................................:.......... 1 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPL S ....................................... 1 1.3 1 CORD....................................................e.....,........................,............,,...,...1 L4s�J1�MIT �ie...:.............................................................e........,.,........................... 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED ............................a........m....a.<..........<.....,...®......e...®...®......®... 6 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USE.®...........a....................®®®.......®..®...®.,......®............®...,......®.®®... 6 CO1 ELL UNIVERSITY SECTION ION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK LO GENERAL id DESCRIPTION A. Work to be Done 1. Execute the necessary reconstruction and restoration of the exterior stairs and site wall along Garden Avenue, West of Teagle Hall, while maintaining its current configuration. 2. Decommissioning of the existing vault that occupies the space beneath the stairs. B. The Scope of the Work I. The scope of the WORK in all SECTIONS of this Specification shall consist of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and appliances and the performance of the Work required by the Contract Documents and/or by the conditions at the site, joining all parts of this Work with itself and the Work of others to form a complete, functioning entity. 2. Items not specifically mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the drawings, but which are inherently necessary to make a complete working installation, shall be included. 3. It is the intent and purpose of the Contract Documents to cover and include under each item all materials, machinery, apparatus, and labor necessary to properly install materials and equipment, adjust and put into perfect operation the respective portions of the installation specified and to so interconnect the various items or sections of the work as to form a complete and operating whole. Any equipment, apparatus, machinery, material and small items not mentioned in detail, and labor not hereinafter specifically mentioned, which may be found necessary to complete or perfect any portion of the installation in a substantial manner, and in compliance with the requirements stated, implied, or intended in the Contract Documents, shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, highest degree of safety, and most stringent material, equipment or Work. Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree in themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUMMARY OF WORK O1 11 OO®1 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OF THE WORK 1.2 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contracts performing related work, including providing labor, materials and other costs necessary to satisfactorily coordinate the Contract work with work performed under others contracts. B. Concurrent / Future Work: 1. There will be a renovation project occurring simultaneously in Barton Hall. Barton Hall is located directly across Garden Avenue from this project site location; the parking area on the east side of Barton Hall, west of Garden Avenue will be utilized for staging of the Barton Hall project. Pedestrian traffic coordination between the two projects will be of paramount importance. 2. Asbestos abatement, if necessary. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS A. The Owner previously salvaged and is storing the pre-existing limestone cap. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to obtain these materials for installation. B. The Contractor shall receive, unload, store and install Owner furnished equipment as shown on the plans and called for in the Specifications. C. Receiving and Unloading 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for logging in, checking and verifying receipt of items and shall be responsible for confirming that the quantities and condition of the materials are appropriate for installation and the completion of the Work of the proj eet. 2. The Contractor shall note any damage and/or short count on the Bill of Loading for any Owner Furnished Equipment received at the storage facility, such listing of damages or short count being required to establish the Owner's potential claim against the carrier. The Contractor shall also notify the Owner directly on any such damage and/or short count. 3. Unload Owner Furnished Equipment at the job site using necessary care and equipment as required to handle the equipment in a safe manner. 4. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers necessary to handle, receive and install Owner Furnished Equipment. 5. Install Owner Furnished Equipment as called for in the Drawings or in these Specifications. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-2 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 11 00 Ithaca, New York SUMMARY OE THE WORK D. Installation 1. Install products in conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide interconnecting structures, equipment, piping, electrical and instrumentation work, finish painting, and appurtenances to achieve a complete and functional system. E. Use of Materials 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the use of Owner provide materials in an efficient manner in accordance with industry standards and best practices to reduce waste materials. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE ***END OF SECTION 01 11 00*** SUMMARY OF WORK 01 11 00-3 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL.UNIVERSITY ..__ SECTION 01 14.00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS SECTION 01 14 00 WORKRESTRICTIONS LO GENERAL 101 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. L2 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. The Contractor shall carry on the Work in the manner which will cause the least interruption to pedestrian and vehicular traffic and permit access of emergency vehicles at all tiines. B. The Work shall be scheduled and perforined in such a manner that at least one lane of traffic will. be maintained on all public streets. Two flag persons, equipped with radio communication devices, must be provided for any activity blocking a traffic lane. One lane of traffic must be maintained at all times. Where traffic must cross open trenches, the Contractor shall provide suitable bridges and railings; including pedestrian bridges. C. The Contractor shall maintain 20' minimum fire lane access. D. The Contractor shall post flag persons and suitable signs indicating that construction operations are under way and other warning signs as may be required. E. The Contractor shall safeguard the use by the public and Owner of all adjacent highways, roadways and footpaths, and shall conform to all laws and regulations concerning the use thereof, especially limitations on traffic and the movement of heavy equipment. Access to the site for delivery of construction materials and/or equipment shall be made only at the locations shown in the Contract Documents or approved by the Owner's Representative. F. The Contractor shall make every effort to keep dirt and debris from making its way to roadways. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which niay collect on permanent roadways due to the Work. G. The Contractor shall limit the extent of its activities to that area of the site defined on the Contract Drawings as being within the Contract Limit Lines. H. For that portion of the Work required under this Contract which must be performed in other than the defined areas both on-site and off, including operations involving delivery and removal of materials, the Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its activities through the Owner's Representative, to meet the approval of the Owner and minimize disruption of the normal scheduled activities of the occupants of adjacent spaces. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-1 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS It is the Owner's expectation that the Contractor will take protective measures to minimize damage caused by construction activities including, but not limited to, the use of personal lifts, material handling equipment, on-site material storage, etc. All portions of the site, including the staging area and those areas affected by the work, shall be returned to their original condition after completion of Work. Such repair work shall include lawn restoration and reseeding, if required, and shall be included in the Contractor's Guarantee of Work. J. Routes to and from the location of the Work shall be as indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Owner's Representative. Temporary roadways shall be closed only with prior approval of the Owner's Representative. 1.3 PARKING A. The Owner will designate an area for Contractor parking. The Contractor shall make all arrangements, and bear the cost, for transportation of all trade persons from the designated parking area to the construction site as necessary. B. It should be noted that there is a fee for all parking on the Cornell University campus. The Contractor is responsible for the payment for all parking costs imposed by the Owner. The Contractor should contact the Project Manager (Dustin Sutherland) for additional information. The Contractor will be required to complete a "New Construction Employee Form" for each permit requested. This form may be found at http://finance.fs.cor nell.edu/contracts/forms/contractors.cfin. C. Contractor shall cooperate with Cornell Police and/or other police authorities having jurisdiction, as follows: 1. Ensure parking by all employees of the Contractor, subcontractors, material suppliers, and others connected with this project only within construction fence or the designated parking area. 2. Prohibit employees from parking in any other areas, roads, streets, grounds, etc. 3. Discharge any employee refusing to comply with these requirements. 4. Ensure proper transportation of personnel between the designated parking area and the construction site. D. The Contractor shall remove from the parking area and staging area all temporary trailers, rubbish, unused materials, and other materials belonging to the Contractor or used under the Contractor's direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable therefore. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-2 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 ;C ELL UNJVER.SITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York L4 CHANGEOVERS AND CONTINUITY OF SERV CES WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Make all changeovers, tie-ins and removals, etc., of any part of the Work that would affect the continuity of operation of the adjacent services at approved tunes that will not interfere with the Owner's operations. Secure approval of Owner before proceeding. B. .Make all necessary temporary connections required to permit operation of the building services and/or equipment. Remove the connections after need has ceased. C. The Contractor may be permitted to make changeovers during normal working hours at the Owner's discretion. Should the Contractor perforin this Work outside of normal working hours, no extra payment will be made for resulting overtime expenses. D. When coiuiecting new facilities do not shut off any existing Mechanical/Electrical facilities or services without prior written approval of Owner's Representative. E. The Contractor shall not, except in an emergency condition, shutdown any utility without the express permission of the Owner's Representative. Major, affecting life safety or outside contract limit lines, shutdowns of utilities will be performed by Cornell University to enable Contractor to perform required work. Major shutdowns shall be defined as those affecting life safety or which are outside the project site limits. F. Maintain domestic water and firewater in service at all times. No service may be out for more than twenty-four (24) hours. Maintain firewater flow capability (hose, if necessary) to all buildings and coordinate with Cornell Utilities, Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), and City of Ithaca Fire Department. G. All shutdowns to be scheduled a minimum of seven (7) calendar days in advance and requests shall be submitted via ePM system to the Owner's Representative. H. IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY WHERE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IS NOT AVAILABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DIAL 911 IMMEDIATELY. L5 OBSTACLES. INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A. General 1. Plans show general design an-angernent. Install work substantially as indicated and verify exact location and elevations; DO NOT SCALE PLANS. 2. Due to small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, changes in elevations, interferences, etc. Make necessary changes in the Work, equipment locations, etc., after notification to the Owner's Representative and Architect. Obtain approval from same, as part of Contract, to accommodate work to obstacles and interferences encountered. 3. Obtain written approval for all major changes before installing. If requested, submit drawings, detailing all such deviations or changes. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-3 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 4. Exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes or other building equipment are essential parts of the artistic effect of the building design and shall be installed in locations as shown on the drawings. Conformance to given dimensions and alignments with the structural system, walls, openings, indicated centerlines are a requirement of the Contract and the Contractor shall familiarize himself with the critical nature of proper placement of these items. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of conflicts which would cause such equipment to be installed in locations other than as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation of exposed to view mechanical units, ductwork, conduit, pipes, etc. until all conflicts have been identified by the Contractor and resolutions to conflicts approved by the Architect. B. Interference 1. Install work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with removal of rails, filters, belt guards and/or operation of doors, etc. Provide easy and safe access to valves, controllers, motor starters and other equipment requiring frequent attention. 1.6 EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENTS A. Since all equipment of equal capacity is not necessarily of same arrangement, size of construction, these Plans are prepared on basis of one manufacturer as "basis -of -design equipment", even though other manufacturers' names are mentioned. B. If Contractor elects to use specified equipment other than "design equipment" which differs in arrangement, size, etc., the Contractor does so subject to following conditions: 1. Submit detailed drawings indicating proposed installations of equipment and showing maintenance andservice space required. 2. If revised arrangement meets approval, make all required changes in the work of all. trades, including but not limited to louvers, panels, structural supports, pads, etc. at no increase in Contract. Provide larger motors and any additional control devices, valves, fittings and other miscellaneous equipment required for proper operation of revised layout, and assumes responsibility for proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 3. If revised arrangement does not meet approval because of increase in pressure loss, possibility of increase in noise, lack of space or headroom, insufficient clearance for removal of parts, or for any other reason, provide equipment which conforms to Contract Drawings and Specifications. 1.7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, FIXTURES, ETC. A. Where existing equipment, piping, fittings, etc. are to be removed, Contractor shall submit complete list to Owner. All items that Owner wishes to retain shall be carefully removed and salvaged and delivered to building storage where directed by Owner. Items that Owner does not wish to retain shall be removed from the site and legally disposed. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-4 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELLUNIVERSITY _.._ SECTION 01 14 00 Ithaca, New York WORK RESTRICTIONS 1.3 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES, DRAWINGS. ETC. A. Before Su.banittiaig Proposal Examine all Drawings and Specifications relating to Work of all trades to determine scope and relation to other work. 2. Examine all existing conditions affecting compliance with Plans and Specifications, by visiting site and/or building. 3. Ascertain access to site, available storage and delivery facilities. B. Before Commencing Work on Any Phase or in any Area 1. Verify all governing dimensions at site and/or building. 0 Inspect all adjacent work. C. Tender of Proposal Confirms Agreement 1. All items and conditions referred to herein and/or indicated on accompanying Drawings. 2. No consideration, additional monies or time extensions will be granted for alleged misunderstanding. D. Existing or Archived Drawings 1. Existing or Archived drawings of impacted buildings are appended in electronic format only for reference and informational purposes. These historic drawings are not to be considered contract drawings and are provided "FOR INFORMATION ONLY". The Owner makes no representation as to the accuracy of the drawings as representing current conditions. lag STAND DOWN DATES A. Strict and effective enforcement by Contractor's management and supervision of the following dates and hours is required. 1. Stand -Down Dates (No construction work and no deliveries on site): a. Commencement Weekend ▪ Saturday, May 28, 2016 ▪ Sunday, May 29, 2016 b. Reunion Weekend ▪ Saturday, June 11, 2016 • Sunday, June 12, 2016 c. Student Related Activities: E Residence Halls Open August 19, 2016 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-5 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 2. Restricted Work Dates (delivery & usual): Friday, May 27, 2016 Thursday, Friday June 9 - 10, 2016 Friday, June 10, 2016 1.10 WORKING HOURS SECTION 01 14 00 WORK RESTRICTIONS demolition restrictions but otherwise work as Commencement weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon Reunion guest arrivals- no work outside fence; no demo or utility work inside fence Reunion weekend- deliveries and work outside fence stop at noon A. Normal work hours are 7AM-dusk Monday -Saturday except during above noted restrictions. This means that Contractor shall not permit any noise generating activities that could disturb residents to take place outside of these hours. Should any conditions necessitate work to extend beyond these hours — Contractor may submit a detailed request with reasonable advance notice to Cornell. Cornell (at its sole discretion) may issue a written relaxation of the above but Contractor is advised never to assume that it will be granted. 2M PRODUCTS -- NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 14 00*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 14 00-6 February 25,2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, 1\121,T York SECTION 01 22 00 UNIT PRICING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 01 22 00 UNIT PRICING A. This Section describes Unit Pricing requested by the Owner. B. The Specification Section containing the pertinent requirements of materials and methods to achieve the Work described herein. 1.2 DESCIIIMPRICIREQUTREMENTS A. Definition: Unit price is an amount proposed by bidders, stated on the Bid Form, as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased. B. Procedures. Unit Prices are for work complete, measured in place and cover profit and all other costs and expenses of the subcontractor. Unit Prices include, without limit, all conditions of the contract and all general requirements such as layout, reproduction of Drawings and Specifications, testing and inspection, shop drawing and sample coordination, supervision (field and home office), small tools and expendable items, insurance, taxes, temporary facilities and services, including access and safety, "as -built" drawings, and general and administrative overhead and profit of the subcontractor. C. To the extent that a subcontractor's Unit Prices are applicable, as determined by the Architect and Cornell University, work shall be priced and paid for or credited in accordance with such Unit Prices; except that a Unit Price shall not apply to any portion of subcontract work which is either reduced or increased by more than 25%. Said Unit Prices shall be valid for the duration of the subcontractor's activity on the project as applicable, unless stipulated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES A. Bluestone Repointing Provide a price, per square foot, for repointing of the existing bluestone to remain in accordance with Section 04 43 13.13, Item 3.6. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 0122 00*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE UNIT PRICING 0122 00-1 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS LO GENERAL I A DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor- shall furnish and install the products specified, under the options and conditions for substitutions stated in this Section. L2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment,, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions that are beyond the Contractor's control, such as unavailability of product, or regulatory changes. a. Products that are not available from Contractor's preferred suppliers does not constitute unavailability of product, 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. B. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terns of similar intent. I . Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Items salvaged from other projects are not considered new products. Items that are manufactured or fabricated to include recycled content materials are considered new products, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-1 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. Basis -of -Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis -of -design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit indicated number of copies of each Substitution Request Form, attached hereto, for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. In addition to submission of Substitution Request Form, substitutions shall be listed on the Bid Form with description, specification references, and corresponding change in base bid 1.4 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within thirty (30) days after the award of Contract, submit to the Architect five copies of a complete Iist of products which are proposed for installation. B. Tabulate the products by listing under each specification section title and number. C. For products specified only by reference standards, list for each such product: 1. Name and address of the manufacturer. 2. Trade name. 3. Model or catalog designation. 4. Manufacturer's data: a. Reference standards. b. Performance test data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-2 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERS Ithaca, New York ...�. �._ SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS Contractor is responsible for providing products and constriction methods compatible with other products and construction methods. If a dispute or compatibility issue arises over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Architect will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of accepted substitutions and approved comparable products. 1.7 EOUIVALENTS—APPROVED EQUAL A. Equivalents or Approvals - General 1. The words "similar and equal to", or "or equal", "equivalent" and such other words of similar content and meaning shall for the purposes of this Contract be deemed to mean similar or equivalent to one of the named products. For the purposes of Paragraph A and B of this Section 1.4 and for the purposes of Bidding Documents, the word "products" shall be deemed to include the words "articles", "materials", "items", "equipment" and "methods". Whenever in the Contract documents one or more products are specified, the words "similar and equal to" shall be deemed inserted. %_. Whenever any product is specified in the Contract documents by a reference to the name, trade name, make or catalog number of any manufacturer or supplier, the intent is not to limit competition, but to establish a standard of quality which the Architect has determined is necessary for the Project. The Contractor may at its option use any product other than that specified in the Contract Documents provided the same is approved by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph B of this Section 1.4. In all cases the Architect shall be the sole judge as to whether a proposed product is to be approved and the Contractor shall have the burden of proving, at its own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the named product. In making such determination the Architect may establish such objective and appearance criteria as it may deem proper that the proposed product must meet in order for it to be approved. 3. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall be construed as representing, expressly or implied, that the named product is available or that there is or there is not a product similar and equal to any of the named products and the Contractor shall have and make no claim by reason of the availability or lack of availability of the named product or of a product similar and equal to any named product. 4. The Contractor shall have and make no claim for an extension of time or for damages by reason of the time taken by the Architect or by reason of the failure of the Architect to approve a product proposed by the Contractor. 5. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be received by the Architect only from the Contractor. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-3 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS B. Equivalents or Approvals After Bidding 1. Request for approval of proposed equivalents will be considered by the Architect after bidding only in the following cases: (a) the named product cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes, lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed equivalent within ten (10) calendar days of the date it ascertains it cannot obtain the named product; or (b) the proposed equivalent is superior, in the opinion of the Architect, to the named product; or (c) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner, e.g., the Owner receives an equitable credit, acceptable to it, as a result of the estimated cost savings to the Contractor from the use of the proposed equivalent or the Owner determines that the Contractor has not failed to act diligently in placing the necessary purchase orders and a savings in the time required for the completion of the construction of the Project should result from the use of the proposed equivalent; or (d) the proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal to the named product and less than ninety (90) calendar days have elapsed since the Notice of Award of the Contract. 2. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.4 approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a revision or redesign of any part of the work covered by this Contract, all such revision and redesign and all new Drawings and details required therefore shall be subject to approval of the Architect and shall be provided by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. 3. Where the Architect pursuant to the provisions of this Section approves a product proposed by the Contractor and such proposed product requires a different quantity and/or arrangement of duct work, piping, wiring, conduit or any other part of the work from that specified, detailed or indicated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall provide the same at its own cost and expense. 1.8 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product meeting that standard, by any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any one of products and manufacturers named. 1. Products: a. Restricted List (Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" or that include the phrase "provide one of the following", and include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND 0125 00-4 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SU STITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS b. Nonrestricted List (Available Products): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" or that include the phrase "include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products' Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 2. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List (Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" or that include the phrase `provide products by one of the following", and include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (Available Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" or that include the phrase `include, but are not limited to, the following", and include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 3. Basis -of -Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. a. Restricted List (List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Non -restricted List (No List of Manufacturers): Where Specifications include paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis -of -Design Product", and do not include a list of other manufacturers' names, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-5 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0125 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS C. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and stating "or equal", the Contractor shall submit a request as for substitutions, for any product or manufacturer not specifically named. Such substitution shall have been listed on Bid Form as required in Instructions to Bidders. If not so listed, no substitution will be allowed. D. For products specified by naming only one product and manufacturer, no option and no substitution will be considered unless listed on the Bid Form as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. 1.9 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 21 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Submit requests for substitution within thirty (30) days of contract award. C. Submit a separate request for each substitution in triplicate. Support each request with: 1. Completed "Substitution Request Form" in approved format attached at end of this Section. 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of the proposed substitution with requirements stated in Contract Documents: a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature; identify: Product description. Reference standards. - Performance and test data. c. Samples, as applicable. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product has been used, and the date of each installation. 3. An itemized comparison of the proposed substitution with the product specified listing any variations. 4. Data relating to any changes in the construction schedule. 5. The effect of the substitution on each separate contract of the Project. 6. List any changes required in other work or projects. 7. Designate any required license fees or royalties. 8. Designate availability of maintenance services, and source of replacement materials. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-6 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNWERSITY ... SECTION.01 2S 00 Ithaca, New York SU]3STITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS D. Substitutions shall not result in additions to the Contract Sum. E. Substitutions will not be considered as having been accepted when: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop d.ra.wings or product data submittals without a formal request from the Contractor. 2. They are requested by a subcontractor or supplier. 3. The acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. F. Substitute products shall not be ordered or installed without written acceptance of the Owner. G. The Owner and the Architect shall be the sole judges of the acceptability of a proposed substitution. 1.10 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Contractor's request for approval of comparable product will be considered when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may reject or return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product or manufacturer: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the product specified. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND 01 25 00-7 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 25 00 Ithaca, New York SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. In making a formal request for a substitution the Contractor represents that: 1. By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor thereby represents that he has determined and verified all dimensions, quantities, field dimensions, relations to existing work, coordination with work to be installed later, coordination with inforination on previous Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples and compliance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. The accuracy of all such information is the responsibility of the Contractor. 2. The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 3. The Contractor will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified. 4. The Contractor will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the Work, and will make such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 5. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which may subsequently become apparent. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review Contractor's requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness. B. Transmit evaluations and recommendations to the Owner, so that the Owner can notify the Contractor of the decision for acceptance or rejection of the request for substitution. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 25 00*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBSTITUTIONS AND SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 25 00-8 February 25, 2016 Project: SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Substitution Request Number: From: To: Date: Project Number: RE: Contract For: Specification Title: Section # Proposed Page: Article/Paragraph: Substitution: Address: Trade Narne: Installer: Phone #: Manufacturer: Model #: Address: Phone #: History: j New product J 2-5 years old J 5-10 years old J More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: 11 Point -by -point comparison data as evidence of equivalency attached - REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT Reason(s) for Not Using Specified Item: Similar Installation(s): (Attach separate sheet if required) Project: Architect: Address: Owner: Date Installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: J No J Yes; explain LIST SAVINGS IN SPACES PROVIDED ON BID FORM Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ ) Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: J No J Yes; AddlDeduct days, Supporting Data Attached (Include documentation required under Section 012500, Article `Action Submittals') Li Product Data L Drawings LJ Tests J Reports LJ Samples J Cost info LJ Annotated Spec J Certificates LJ Qualification Data LJ Schedule J Reports LJ CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be provided for proposed substitution as would have been provided for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable is available. • Proposed substitution will not affect or delay Construction Progress Schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete and includes ail related costs for the substitution and far other portions of the Work that must be changed as a result of the substitution. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequentiy become apparent shall be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including architectural or engineering design (unless indicated otherwise), detailing, and construction costs caused by the requested substitution as stated in General Conditions Article 2, Section 2.03. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work will be made as necessary for accepted substitution to be complete in all respects. • Proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents (except deviations as indicated in substitution request), is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. Submitted by (Contractor): Dated: Contractor Signature: F-irm (Contractor): Address: Telephone: Fax: Email: Comments: Originated by (Subcontractor, Supplier, or Other): Subcontractor or Supplier Signature: Dated: Firm: Address: Telephone: Fax: Email: Comments: ARCHITECT'S EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATION Recommend Acceptance of Substitution — Owner consent (below) and execution with the 'Agreement', or execution of a Change order or Construction Change Directive, is required for final acceptance. Recommend Acceptance of Substitution as Noted — Owner consent (below) and execution with the `Agreement', or execution of a Change order or Construction Change Directive, is required for final acceptance. Recommend Rejection of Substitution - Use specified products. Substitution Request Received Too Late - Use specified products. Consideration of Substitution Request Not Allowed - Use specified products. Signed by: Comments: Dated: OWNER'S REVIEW AND ACTION (Acceptance of Substitution not valid without Owner's signature, and not valid without Owner's execution with Agreement or execution of a Change order or Construction Change Directive). Substitution Accepted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 013300. Substitution Accepted as Noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 013300. Substitution Rejected - Use specified products. Signed by: omments: _Dated: COR.Nils`LL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 3.1 19 Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 31 19 PROJECT MEETINGS 1,0 GENERAL Li DESCRIPTION PROJECT MEETINGS A. The Owner will schedule and administer pre -construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the work. 1. Prepare agenda for meetings. 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 6. Duplicate and distribute copies of minutes after each meeting. a. To all participants in the meeting. b. To all parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Architect. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. L2 PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Schedule at least fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed. B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: 1. Owner's Representative(s) 2. Contractor(s) 3. Architect and its professional consultants 4. Major Subcontractors 5. Major suppliers 6. Safety Representatives for the Owner and Contractor TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PROTECT MEETINGS 01 31 194 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS D. Minimum Agendum: 1. Distribution and discussion of: a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers b. Projected Construction Schedules 2. Critical work sequencing a. Identification of major shut downs and approximate schedule 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 4. Project Coordination a. Designation of responsible personnel S. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Requests for Information g. Daily Reports 6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents 8. Use of premises: a. Office, work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements c. Job site personnel conduct d. Building access and security 9. Temporary facilities, controls and construction aids 10. Temporary utilities TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PROJECT MEETINGS 0131 19-2 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 19 Ithaca, New York 11. Safety and first-aid procedures a. Site specific safety plan 12. Security procedures 13. Housekeeping procedures 14. Affirmative Action Plan and Reporting requirements L3 PROGRESS MEETINGS PROJECT MEETINGS A. Schedule regular periodic meetings on the site, not less than once every two weeks throughout the Construction period. B. Attendance: 1. Architect 2. Architect's professional consultants when, in the opinion of the Owner, needed 3. General Contractor, including Site Superintendent 4. Owner's Representatives 5. Commissioning Agent, as appropriate to agenda 6. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 7. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 8. Safety Representative C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review, approval of minutes of previous meeting 2. Review percentage of work to be in place by next meeting by individual trades 3. Review of work progress since previous meeting 4. Field observations, problems, and conflicts 5. Problems which impede Construction Schedule G. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedules 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule 8. Revisions to Construction Schedule 9. Planned progress and schedule, during succeeding work period TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PROJECT MEETINGS 01.31 19-3 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 19 Ithaca, New York PROJECT MEETINGS 10. Coordination of schedules 11. Review submittal schedules; expedite as required 12. Maintenance of quality standards 13. Building Commissioning 14. Review status of all issued proposal requests and change orders 15. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on completion date b. Effect on other contracts of the Project 16. Other business D. All decisions, instructions, and interpretations given by the Architect/Engineer or its representative at these meetings shall be binding and conclusive on the Contractor. 1.4 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE(S) A. The Contractor to hold pre -installation conferences where required by individual specification sections or others at the discretion of the Owner. Minimum attendees would be Architect and/or their specific sub -consultant, Owner, Contractor, .Subcontractor, key Suppliers, testing & inspection firm, Facilities Engineering subject matter expert, etc. Minimum agenda would include review of key submittals, RFI's, safety, logistics, material procurement, quality control, etc. Contractor to assemble and distribute the Agenda minimum 48 hours prior to meeting as well as distribute meeting minutes a minimum of seven (7) calendar days after the meeting. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 0131 19*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PROJECT MEETINGS 01 31 19-4 SITE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York SECTION 0 LO GENERAL LI SUMMARY 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. Owner Provided System: The Contractor will utilize the Owner's electronic Project Management (e -PM) system eBuilder on this project. 1. The Owner shall manage the day to day use of the Owner provided ePM system and organize the training, support and maintenance of the ePM Website System for the entire project team for the period of its use on the Project. B. There are no fees to utilize this system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A, General Conditions Article 9 -- Coordination and Cooperation. B. Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ePM: defined as an intennet-based information and project communication system that allows the entire project team to collaborate in a centralized and secured repository. All project -specific correspondence, workflow processes, and documentation will be stored and routed within the ePM system. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Users will be provided a username and password. The Contractor shall log into the e -PM system to enter the Project Documentation listed in section 2.0. All con-espondence should be communicated through the e -PM system. B. Training 1. The Owner will hold training sessions to familiarize team members with the system, and all Contractor staff are expected to attend one of these sessions or otherwise receive proper training on the system's use. All cost for personnel time and travel to attend the training as needed shall be included in the Contractor's proposal C. The Contractor shall provide on-site his or her own personal computer(s) and personal computer equipment that will allow the Contractor and his/her staff to access and use the ePM Website System in a timely and efficient manner. At a minimum the Contractor is to provide the following equipment and software: 1. Web Browser: with high-speed connection, up/down loading capability TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE ELECTRONIC PROJECT 0131 504 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0131 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2. Color printer and plotter capable of full-size document production 3. Scanner: capable of scanning a high volume of project documents clearly and quickly 4. Digital Camera: (1) single lens reflex (SLR) type camera 5. Portable Document Format (PDF) Reader/writer software D. Contractor shall log on to the ePM Website System on a daily basis, and as necessary to be kept fully appraised of the project developments, correspondence, assigned tasks and other matters that occur on the site. These may include but are not limited to RFPs, action items, meeting minutes, discussion threads, schedule updates, submittals, submittal log, punch list items, daily reports, site photos and/or videos and pre - construction surveys. 1.5 PROCESS OVERVIEW A. The Contractor is required to timely and accurately post, review, respond, and collaborate with other team members using the following features and/or workflow processes within the ePM system. 13. Project Team Directory — Contractor shall provide an updated directory of contact information for all companies, subcontractors and project team members who are engaged on this project. C. Request for Information (RFI): All project RFI's will be submitted using the ePM Website System. Attachments to RFI's (which may include sketches, photographs, documentation, and the like, will be uploaded to the ePM Website System and attached to the RFT electronically. D. Meeting Minutes: Contractor shall enter meeting agendas, records and minutes in the system for all applicable meetings as designated by the Owner. E. General Communications, memorandums and Letters (Project Correspondence): Shall be created in or posted to the ePM Website System in PDF format electronically linked to action items. These action items shall include names of party (ies) required to respond, time frame within which action is to be taken and any solutions the Contractor recommends. F. Drawings and Specifications: The Contract Documents will be posted to the ePM Website System as directed by the Owner. The Owner shall retain the right to assign download rights to active CAD or model files. CAD or model files, in any format, posted to the ePM Website System are for viewing and printing only and cannot be edited. G. Submittals: All submittals shall be fully electronic. Reference Section 01 33 00. H. Submittal Schedule and Log: Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE ELECTRONIC PROJECT 0131 50-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 31 50 ELECTRONIC PROTECT MANAGEMENT F. Field Reporting: The Contractor shall post and/or update on a daily basis all reports required by other specification sections. These reports include, but are not limited to, daily construction reports, material location reports, unusual event reports, safety and accident reports. J. Project Photographs: Contractor shall. upload project photographs to the ePltil system.., field by date and type including but not limited to: 1, General Progress Photographs ?. RFI Issues 3. Non -Conforming Work 4. Special Events 5. As required by individual Specification Sections K. Project Schedule: The contractor shall post, distribute, review, and/or respond to the project schedule, monthly updates, and any other schedule submittals onto the ePM in both native and PDF formats. L. Permits & Approvals: Contractor shall upload and maintain current copies of all permits and agency approvals that relate to the project. M. Issue Tracking: Contractor to log and respond to issues that are related and affect other stakeholders within the project team. N. Quality Assurance: The Owner and/or Architect will issue reports on conforming items in the ePM system. The Contractor is required to review and respond with corrective actions in the system. O. Change Management -- Cost Events and Change Orders will be managed by the e -PM system and the Contractor shall be responsible for reporting potential changes and logging Requests for Change Orders in the system. The Contractor shall also upload and manage all documentation supporting Requested Change Orders. P. Pay Applications Requests (Invoices) — The Contractor shall create and submit invoices for review by the Owner. Once the invoices are agreed to by the Owner then the invoices should be submitted electronically per the instructions for the ePM system. Q. Budget and Cost Management — Contractor to provide estimates and work breakdown structure (WBS) to provide Owner with accurate budget/cost analysis. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE ELECTRONIC PROJECT WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM 01 31 50-3 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 31 50 Ithaca, New York ELECTRONIC PROJECT MANAGEMENT 1.6 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A. The Owner may change the standards for distribution and process prescribed above as required to suit the project. B. The Owner shall retain ownership of all data entered into either system and shall administrate and distribute all information contained therein. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 31 50*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE ELECTRONIC PROJECT 01 31 50-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MANAGEMENT (ePM) SYSTEM February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE LO GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY S.ECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) calendar days of Notice to Proceed, prepare and submit to the Owner estimated construction progress schedules for the entire Work, with sub -schedules of related activities which are essential. to the progress of the Work. B. Conferences will be held with the Architect, Owner and Contractor at the start of the project to agree mutually on a progress schedule which must be diligently followed. C. Submit revised progress schedules periodically and when requested to do so by Owner, D. Submit to Owner and Architect a cash flow projection in accordance with Schedule of Values. E. Submit electronic versions of all schedules, including updates, as well as all back-up to the submitted schedules. L2 FORM OF SCHEDULES A. Prepare Network Analysis system, or prepare schedules in the form of a horizontal bar chart. 1. Provide separate horizontal bar for each trade or operation. 2. Horizontal time scale: Identify the first work day of each week. 3. Scale and spacing: To allow space for notations and future revisions. B. Format of listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of work. C. Identification of listings: By specification section numbers, L3 CONTENT OF SCHEDULES A. Construction Progress Schedule: 1. Show the complete sequence of construction by activity. 2. Show the dates for the beginning, and completion of, each major element of construction. Specifically list: a. Site clearing b. Site utilities TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 0132 16-1 2/25/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE c. Foundation work d. Structural framing e. Subcontractor work f. Equipment installations g. Finishes h. Pre -Installation meetings 3. Show projected percentages of completion for each item, as of the first day of each month. 4. Show estimated dates for the beginning and completion of work which must be completed by or coordinated with the Owner such as hazardous materials abatement, moving, training and other such items as they are identified. B. Submittals Schedule for Sliop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Confer with the Architect and agree on all elements of the Submittals Schedule. The schedule will be based on the understanding that minimum turn -around time in the Architect's office is ten (10) working days. Some submittals or groups of submittals may take longer to review. Submittals which do not conform to the agreed schedule may be subject to delays in processing. Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals. The dates reviewed submittals will be required from the Architect. 3. Confirmed lead time for manufacturing, production, fabrication and shipment to the project site of all materials which have an impact on the critical path of the Project's construction schedule. 1.4 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission. B. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. • Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 3216-2 2/25/t6 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 16 Ithaca, New York CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3_ The effect of changes on schedules of caller prime contractors. SUBMISSIONS A. Submit initial Construction Progress Schedules within fifteen (15) calendar days after award of Contract, 1. Owner will review schedules and return review copy within ten (10) days after receipt. 2. If required, resubmit within seven (7) days after return of review copy. B. Submit progress revision schedules to accompany each application for payment. C. Submit Submittals Schedule within thirty (30) calendar days after date of commencement of work, D. Submit one reproducible transparency and one opacgne reproduction. 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: 1. Owner Job Site personnel 2. Subcontractors 3. Other concerned parties B. Instruct recipients to report to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the projections of the schedule. 'END OF SECTION 0132 16* r TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01 3216-3 2/25/16 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 32 33 PHO SECTION 01 32 33 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION C DOCUMENTATION 1.0 GENERAL X.I DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide existing condition photographs taken before commencement of Work, progress photographs taken periodically during progress of the Work, and final - photographs upon completion and full occupancy of the building. 1.2 SUI3MITTALS A. Progress Submittals 1. Key Plane Submit key plan of Project area and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. 2. Submit digital photograph electronic files, organizationally filed by week. 3. Submit image files within five (5) days of taking photographs. 4. Each photograph shall be identified with project tide, date, and a description of the view. B. Closeout Submittals I. Record Photograph Submittal Format: Compile all photographs taken throughout the work and submit in CD fonnat, Submit one CD to Architect and one CD to Owner. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Before commencement of selective demolition, take photographs of Project area and surrounding areas, including existing items to remain during construction. 3.2 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken weekly in a manner which completely documents the work. B. The photographs shall be submitted to the Owner at the end of the first week for review. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-1 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR DOCUMENTATION February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 32 33 Ithaca, New York PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION C. Provide photographs of any wall, ceiling or floor assembly containing MEP, A/V or any infrastructure that will thereafter become concealed -prior to closure. Note location on Key Plan. 3.3 FINAL COMPLETION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Photographs shall be taken in a manner which completely documents the completed work, for submission as project record documents. ***END OF SECTION 01 32 33*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PHOTOGRAPHIC 01 32 33-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR DOCUMENTATION February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNJVERSIT SECTIQN 01 33.00 Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES LO GENERAL 1.1 DESCR .PT ON SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals, including the following: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Product Data 3. Samples 4. Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals 5. Coordination Drawings 6. Certification of Asbestos free products B. Designate in the construction schedule, and/or in a separate Submittals Schedule, the dates for submission and the dates reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples will be needed. C. With the exception of physical samples and color charts, or as otherwise approved by the Owner, all submittals shall be electronic images in PDF format created electronically (saved with commenting allowed) which shall be submitted for review and approval via the electronic project management web site, PDFs shall be created directly from the native file format electronically. Scanning of paper to PDF shall be used minimally. Any non- electronic submittals shall be approved on a case by case basis and logged into the electronic management system as directed by a Cornell representative. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REGISTRY AND SCHEDULE A. The submittal registry and schedule shall list all submittals required by the specifications, listed in order by the specification section in which they are required. Coordinate the Submittal Schedule with the Contractor's Critical Path Method Construction Schedule and other related documents. The Submittal Schedule shall include the following information: 1 Title 2. Related specification section and paragraph numbers 3. Subsection 4. Category of Submittal (Certification, Mock -Up, Operations/Maintenance Manual, Product Data, Sample, Shop Drawing, Test Report, As Built, etc.) TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 004 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERS Ithaca, New York TY SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 5. Submittal Description including description of the part of the Work covered by the submittal 6. Nance of Subcontractor, if applicable 7. Corresponding activity or event number on the Contractor's Construction Schedule S. Date due from Subcontractor 9. Date due to be submitted for review 10. Date due for submittal review to be completed 11. Date for transmittal to Subcontractor 12. Date for material or product delivery to project 13. Priority. Low, normal or high 14. Schedule dates for resubmittal of disapproved submittals B. Schedule a resubmittal for each major submittal. Except where specified otherwise in the contract documents, provide review times for submittals in accordance with Submittal Procedures and Architect's Duties below. C. Distribution: Initially submit the Submittal Schedule to the Owner for review via the electronic Project Management system. A submittal schedule compliant with the requirements of this section showing all submittals for the preliminary schedule submission duration shall be submitted with the Contractor's preliminary schedule submittal described in Section 01 32 16. The schedule shall also enumerate all submittals to be processed after the initial preliminary schedule submission duration period, although the date for these submittals does not have to be indicated. A final baseline submittal schedule showing all submittals for the entire project shall be included in the baseline schedule submittal described in section 01 3216. D. Updating: The Submittal Schedule shall be kept up-to-date by the Contractor until all submittals are approved. Failure to provide the requested information, or delay in submitting required submittals may result in the payment request being returned to the Contractor until the required schedule or submittals are received. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Drawings shall be newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale by skilled draftsmen and presented in a clear and thorough manner. 1. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. 3. Standard information prepared without specific reference to Project is not Shop Drawing. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2416 CO ELL UMW, SILTY ._... .... SECTION 01 33.00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 13. Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following information: 1. Dimensions. 2, Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number. 3. Compliance with specified standards, 4. Notation of coordination requirements, 5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurements, 6. Submittal: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain returned document as a "Record Document'`. L4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data includes brochures, diagrams, standard schedules, performance charts, and instructions that illustrate physical size, appearance and other characteristics of materials and equipment. All submittals shall identify all products as being asbestos free, see Section 01 35 29. B. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or system. 1. Clearly mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Failure to do so with result in rejection of the submission. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimensions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 5. Where Product Data includes information on products that are not required, eliminate or mark through information that does not apply. 6. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 7. Preliminary Submittal: Submit single copy of Product Data where selection of options by Architect is required. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 8. Submittals: a. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. b. Maintain one (1) copy as a "Record Document". 1.5 SAMPLES A. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. B. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: 1. Functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color, texture and pattern. C. Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect, at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Architect. 2. Size or area: that specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups when directed by the Architect. 5. Perform necessary work to bring any area disturbed by mock-ups to the areas original condition. D. Submit fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. 1. Mount or display Samples in manner to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Identify Samples with generic description, product name, and name of manufacturer. 3. Submit Samples for review and verification of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture. 4. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics is inherent in material or product represented, submit at least three (3) multiple units that show approximate limits of variations. 5. Preliminary Submittals: Submit one (1) full set of choices where Samples are submitted for Architect's selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION tall 33 00 Ithaca, New York 6. Submittals: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES a. Submit four (4) sets for Architect's review. Architect will return at least one (1) set marked with action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at Project Site, for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. Additionally, for electronic transmittal, photograph sample and its label and attached to the submittal item electronically via the electronic project management. lab QUALITY ASS_URANCEArjp. QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality assurance and quality control submittals include design data, test reports, certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and. manufacturer's field reports. B. Professional design services or certifications: Where Contract Documents require professional design services or certifications by a design professional, Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a qualified design professional, whose registration seal shall appear on drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Architect shall be entitled to rely upon adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals. C. Inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test reports from independent testing agencies as specified in the Contract Documents. D. Manufacturer's instruction: Preprinted instructions concerning proper application or installation of system or product. E. Manufacturer's field reports: Reports documenting testing and verification by manufacturer's field representative to verify compliance with manufacturer's standards or instructions. F. Submittals: 1. For electronic transmittal, submittals shall be distributed electronically via the electronic project management system and will be reviewed and returned electronically marked with action taken. 2. Maintain one (1) additional copy as "Record Document". TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall coordinate and manage the preparation and submittal of coordinated layouts of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 114" per foot showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide electronic record of each coordination drawing submitted in TIFF and PDF formats to the Owner. Provide coordination drawings for all corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and all congested areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. B. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required thirty (30) days prior to commencement of fabrication and/or installation of any work item. C. Prepare and submit coordinated layouts of the mechanical and electrical systems and equipment for all areas; drawn at a scale not less than 3/8 inch =1 foot (1:32) showing on both plan and elevation including but not limited to all equipment, ducts, pipe sleeves, piping including plumbing and, sprinkler system, lighting, special supports and other items contained within the space. Show mechanical and electrical services as well as architectural and structural features drawn to scale. Provide copies of each coordination drawing submitted. Provide coordination drawings for all spaces, including but not limited to, corridors, laboratories, offices, mechanical rooms, boiler room, shafts, tunnels, and other areas. Copies of coordination drawings shall be distributed to all trades to assure a complete, coordinated installation of work within the space available. 1. Show architectural, structural and other adjacent work requiring coordination with services. Show items, including but not limited to, access doors, ceiling grids, ceiling construction, structural decks and framing, fixtures, devices, and other adjacent work coordinated with services and architectural layouts shown on Drawings. 2. Prepare plans, sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 3. Include room names and numbers of each space. 4. Coordinate the addition of trade -specific information to the coordination drawings by multiple entities in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. 5. Contract drawings are diagrammatic. Exact location of receptacles, light fixtures, exit signs, fire alarm devices, and other devices shall be coordinated with the Architectural Drawings and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the Mechanical and Electrical Drawings. Coordinate modifications in layout as necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the design intent. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-6 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL,1JNIVERS.IT SECTION. 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 6. Coordinate modifications in layout and components necessary to ensure maintenance accessibility and prevent conflict between each portion of the Work. 7. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. Unless indicated otherwise, all mechanical and electrical systems and associated components are to be installed as tight to underside of structure as possible. 8. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, electrical systems, communications systems, security systems, and other portions of the Work. Drawings shall indicate dimensions, to avoid interference with existing conditions, structural frame, ceilings, partitions, services, and other portions of the Work. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various portions of the Work, Contractor shall be responsible to resolve conflicts and coordinate the available space to accommodate each portion of the Work. Adjustments resulting from coordination shall be initialed and dated by the entity(s) affected by the adjustments. 9. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. 10. Show location and size of access doors and access panels required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. 11. Indicate required installation sequences. 12. Indicate dimensions, elevations, and alignments shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions, elevations, and alignments that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements and notify Architect. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. 13. Indicate suspended ceiling heights and show locations of visible ceiling -mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 14. Indicate locations of fire -rated partitions, smoke partitions, and other required bazers. 15. Plenum Space: Indicate sub -framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, toilet partitions, overhead -mounted equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components and notify Architect. 16. Exposed Ceiling Construction: In addition to other indicated information, show fully -dimensioned locations of all items exposed at ceiling space. Indicate alignment requirements and centerline locations of light fixtures, ducts, piping, conduit, and other services. Show dashed outline locations of laboratory casework, shelving, and other items that extend 7 feet or more above the floor. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-7 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 17. Mechanical and Electrical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical and electrical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire - protection, fire -alarm, and electrical equipment. Indicate paths of egress from rooms. Indicate paths for equipment removal from rooms. Indicate clear areas required for access and maintenance, 18. Structural Penetrations: Indicate scheduled and requested penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. Request un -scheduled penetrations and openings where Contractor has reviewed, analyzed, and coordinated all possible routing options and structural penetrations are only feasible option to accommodate indicated ceiling heights. Refer to the drawings for general guidelines and request confirmation by Architect for structural penetrations. 19. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show dimensioned locations, sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, accessories, and support systems. Show locations of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. 20. Electrical Work: Show electrical distribution, systems, equipment, and runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches (32 nun) in diameter and larger. Show light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, fire alarm, and other device locations. Show panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, bus way, generator, and motor control center locations. Show location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. Show lighting control systems. Show cable tray layouts including vertical and horizontal offsets and transitions, clearances for access above and to side of cable trays, and vertical elevation of cable trays above the floor or bottom of ceiling structure. 21. Fire Suppression System: Show locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 22. Refer to individual Sections for additional Coordination Drawing requirements for Work in those Sections. 23. Contractor Sign -Off: Contractor and each entity performing portions of the Work shall sign and date coordination drawings. 24. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. Review of coordination drawings shall not reduce Contractor's responsibility for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of systems and equipment with existing conditions and each portion of the Work. D. Submittal and review of coordination drawings will be required before work can start in any given area of the building. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-8 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UN1tVE.RSI'1 SECTION 0.1 33 00 Ithaca, New York L8 CONTRACTOR RESPOnIMIT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals prior to transmitting to the Architect. B. Specifically record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitation. Comply with requirements of Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Contractor's approval of submittals shall indicate that the Contactor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria, and has checked and coordinated information within each submittal with requirement of the Work and Contact Documents. Field conflicts which arise from the contractor's failure to fully review and approve submittals before ordering equipment, will result in the contractor being burdened with all costs to remediate the situation. D. Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Compliance with the Contract Documents 2. Confirming and correlating quantities and dimensions 3. Selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, 4. Coordination of the work represented by each submittal with other trades. 5. Performing the work in a safe and satisfactory mariner. 6. Compliance with the approved Construction Schedule. 7. All other provisions of the agreements. E. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittals is not to be construed as an authorization for additional work or additional cost. F. If any notations represent a change to the Contract Sum, submit a cost proposal for the change in accordance with procedures specified before proceeding with the work. G. It is understood that the Architect's notation on the submittal is not to be construed as approval of colors. Make all color -related submittals at one time. H. Notify the Architect by letter of any notations made by the Architect which the Contractor finds unacceptable. Resolve such issues prior to proceeding with the Work. I. Begin no fabrication of work until all specified submittal procedures have been fulfilled. 3. Do not submit shop drawings, product data or samples representing work for which such submittals are not specified. The Architect shall not be responsible for consequences of inadvertent review of unspecified submittals. K. The review of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for proper construction and the furnishing of materials and labor required even though the same may not be indicated on the review shop drawings. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-9 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES L. Certify that only asbestos free material is used in the execution of all work. Reference Section 01 35 39 1.9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination 1. Coordinate submittals with performance of construction activities in accordance with the Submittal Schedule approved by the Architect and Owner. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Prepare and transmit each submittal in accordance with the Submittals Schedule, agreed to by all entities involved. 4. Prepare, review, approve and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 5. Architect's Review: Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's initial processing of each submittal requiring the Architect's review and response, except for longer periods required as noted below, and where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Architect will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow ten (10) working days for Architect's reprocessing of each submittal. Notify the Architect when processing time for a submittal is critical to the progress of the work, and the work would be expedited if its processing time could be shortened. An additional five (5) working days will be required for items specified in Divisions 2, 3, 5, 23 and 26, and for Architectural Woodwork, Hollow Metal Work and Hardware Schedules. 6. Allow time for delivery in addition to review. 7. Allow time for reprocessing each submittal. 8. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to prepare submittals sufficiently in advance of Work to permit processing. 9. Submittals made which do not conforn to the schedule are subject to delays in processing by the Architect. 10. Refer to Section 01 32 16 Construction Schedules for requirements of the Submittals Schedule. 11. Failure of the Contractor to obtain approval of Shop Drawings shall render all work thereafter performed to be at Contractor's sole risk, cost and expense. B. Submittal Preparation 1. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 0040 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2. Indicate name of entity that prepared each submittal en label nr title block. 3. Provide space on label or beside title block an Shop Drawings to record Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, action taken, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Complete all fields on submittal item details in ePM system including meaningful description. 5. Include the following information on submittal documentation: a. Drawing, detail or specification references, including section number, as appropriate to clearly identify intended use of product. b. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. c. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. d. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. e. Provide a blank space for the Architect's stamps f. On transmittal, record relevant information including deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 6. Identification of revisions on re -submittals, other than those noted by the Architect on previous submittals. 7. Shop drawings with the comment "by others" are not acceptable. All such work must specifically identify the related responsible subcontractor. C. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Transmit submittals via the electronic project management system to Architect unless otherwise noted or directed. 2. Prepare and generate transmittal in ePM system for submission of samples. Package sample and other each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. 1.10 RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Provide a record copy of the submittal to the Conunissioning Agent in electronic format. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. Provide document in PDF format. B. Record copy of the submittal must be forwarded to the Commissioning Agent within fourteen (14) calendar days of the final approved submittal. C. Provide a record copy of the submittal (hard and electronic format) for the O&M Manual. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 00-11 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 33 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 111 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes noted on previous submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those noted by the Architect. C. Samples:, Submit new samples as required for initial submittal. 1.12 ARCHITECT'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness as identified in 1.8, paragraph 5 of this Section. B. Notations on the Submittal Review Stamp or eBuilder file mean the following: 1. "Approved (APP)" indicates that no deviations from the design concept have been found and Work may proceed. 2. "Approved as Noted (AAN)" indicates that deviations from the design concept which have been found are noted, and the Contractor may proceed accordingly. 3. "Revise and Resubmit (RAR)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity inay not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 4. "Rejected (REJ)" indicates that Work covered by submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity may not proceed. Revise or prepare new submittal according to Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark. 5. "On Hold (ONH)" is used in a very limited capacity and means that the Contractor should not take action until the reason for hold has been cleared and may be required to revise and resubmit. 6. "Not Reviewed (NRV)" is used for submittals that were submitted in error, duplicate, or other reason that does not require review by the Architect but need to be closed by the Contractor upon return to them. 7. "For Record Only (FRO)": Submittals for information or record purposes, including Quality Assurance and Quality Control Submittals, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), will not require responsive action by the Architect. a. Architect will forward informational submittals without action. b. Architect will reject and return informational submittals not in compliance with Contract Documents. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 0133 00-12 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0133 00 Ithaca, New York SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES C. Incomplete Submittals: Architect will return incomplete submittals witho€.ia action D. Unsolicited Submittals; Architect will return unsolicited s .bmittals to sender without action. E. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution, or for resubmission. 1.13 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reviewed Shop Drawings and copies of Product Data when possible via the electronic project management system to: 1. Job site file 2. Record Documents file 3. Subcontractors 4. Installers 5. Suppliers 6. Manufacturers 7. Fabricators 8. Architect 9. Owner B. Do not permit use of unmarked copies or rejected copies of submittals in connection with construction at Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 33 00' Y* TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 01 33 0043 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERGT' SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH. & SAFETY SECTION 0135 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.0 GENERAL I.I. DESCRIPTION A. This Section provides requirements for general health and safety during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and ail tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project, B. hi addition to the requirements of this Section, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PLAN A. The Contractor will submit a site Safety Plan for review by Cornell University before commencement of work on the site. The safety plan should address site specific safety concerns related directly to the Work being done. The following safety plan review checklist is provided to assist contractors in tailoring their safety plan to the Work, Safety plans that inadequately address safe operations and equipment will be returned for resubmission. Failure to submit an appropriate site safety plan may result in denial of the payment. B. In addition, Contractor shall provide the names and contact information for all site safety personnel, including the Site Health and Safety Officer. 1.3 ASBESTOS A. All products provided for use in construction at Cornell University are to be free of asbestos. At Substantial Completion, prior to beneficial service, the Contractor shall provide a signed certification form "Exhibit AC" stating that all Contractor supplied & installed products are 100% asbestos free. The Contractor has to attach applicable Safety Data Streets/ Material Safety Data Sheets for each product documenting a 100% asbestos free status. The University may provide random testing of products for asbestos content. Any Contractor installed product found to contain asbestos shall be classified as defective work. Defective work shall be corrected by the Contractor as specified in the General Conditions. B Attached for the Contractor's information are asbestos reports which represent samples taken within the building. C. Removal and disposal of material containing asbestos shall be performed by the Owner under separate contract. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-1 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 35 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 1.4 LEAD A. Building may contain lead based paint. The Contractor shall protect workers in accordance with OSHA. regulations. The Contractor selects the means and/or methods to address the presence of lead based paint, and must concurrently protect its workers based on the Contractor's means and/or methods. Lead was a common ingredient in paint until 1978. Teagle Hall was constructed in 1951. The Contractor is required to submit a lead plan that is site specific, indicating that the protective measures the Contractor proposes meet the OSHA standard 1926.62 "Lead in Construction Standards". This site specific plan should address the particular methods the Contractor intends to protect its workers, the building occupants and the building structure based on its selection of addressing the presence of lead based paint. 1.5 SITE VISITS A. The undertaking of periodic Site Visits by Architects, Engineers or the Owner shall not be construed as supervision of actual construction, or make them responsible for the safety of all persons; or make them responsible for means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction selected by the Contractor or its Subcontractors; or make them responsible for safety programs and precautions incident to the Work, or for the safe access, visit, use, Work, travel or occupancy of any person. 1.6 CONFINED SPACE A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the identification of confined space in accordance with OSHA requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 0135 29-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY ob w Specific Safety Manual Checklist Jobsite Name: Job No: General Contractor: Jobsite Location: Subcontractor: Scope of Work: Prime Contractor: Completed by: Shops: Date: Applies Designated to this Competent Contractor? Person Standard YIN employee name Subpart C - General Provisions 1926.20 - .35 Subpart D - Occupational Health & Environmental. Controls 1926.50 - .66 Gases, Vapors, Fumes, Dusts, Mists 1926.55 Lead 1926.62 Subpart E - Personal Protective Equipment 1926.95 - .107 Subpart F — Fire Protection & Prevention 1926.150 - .159 Subpart G — Signs, Signals and Barricades 1926.200 - .203 Subpart H — Materials Handling, Storage, Use & Disposal 1926.250 - .252 Subpart I — Tools — Hand & Power 1926.300 - .307 Subpart J — Welding & Cutting 1926.350 - .354 Subpart K — Electrical 1926.400 - .449 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 29 Ithaca, New York GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY Standard Applies Designated to this Competent Contract` Person YIN (employee name) Subpart L — Scaffolds 1926.450 - .454 Subpart M Fall Protection 1926.500 - .503 Subpart N — Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, & Conveyors 1926.550 - .556 Subpart P — Excavations 1926.650 - .652 Subpart Q — Concrete & Masonry Construction 1926.700 - .706 Subpart R — Steel Erection 1926.750 - .761 Subpart S — Tunnels, Shafts, Caissons, Cofferdams, & Compressed Air 1926.800 - .804 Subpart T — Demolition 1926.850 - .860 Subpart U — Blasting & Use of Explosives 1926.900 - .914 Subpart V — Power Transmission & Distribution 1926.950 - .960 Subpart X — Stairways & Ladders 1926.1050 - .1060 Subpart Y — Commercial Diving Operations 1926.1071 — 1090 Recordkeeping — 1926.1091 - .1092 Subpart Z — Toxic and Hazardous Substances 1926.1100 - .1152 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 0135 29-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 MEMORANDUM TO: Sue Matzat, PE FROM: Tom !Cilia, Asbestos Inspector DATE: February 2, 2012 RE: Asbestos Testing for: Teagle Hall Staircase Evaluation Dear Ms. Matzat: In conjunction with your recent site visit; I conducted bulk sampling of suspect asbestos -containing materials (ACMs) on the above referenced staircase, The suspect materials expected to be impacted by the proposed staircase rehabilitation project were excavated by Cornell University personnel. Visual observations made at the time of the site visit revealed the following suspect asbestos -containing materials: • Black joint filler associated with the stair treads • Black waterproofing membranes (2 types) located on top of the concrete vault under the stairs • Black sheeting located beneath the stone facade Tan caulk in the joints between the stone coping blocks • Gray pipe insulation inside one of the pipe sleeves in the north wall of the vault under the stairs Representative samples of these materials were collected and analyzed for asbestos content. Based on laboratory analyses, only the pipe insulation was found to contain asbestos, Supporting documentation required by New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 for asbestos surveys is attached and should be filed with this memo and the asbestos analytical report. If you have any questions or need additional information, please feel free to call n Thomas 3, Kihn Asbestos Inspector Appendix A Asbestos Survey Fact Sheet Asbestos Survey Fact Sheet Name and Location of Structure Tea&e Half. Staircase Cornell University, Ithaca. New York Name and Address of Building/Structure Owner Cornell University Ithaca. New York Name and Address of Owner's Agent LaBeila Associates, P.C. 300 State Street Rochester, N. Y. Name of the Firm & Person Conducting the Survey LaBella Associates, P.C. Thomas J. Kihn Date the Survey Was Conducted January I l 201 List of Homogeneous Areas (materials tested) (Items in Bold Confirmed ACM) • BIack joint filler ▪ Black waterproofing membranes (2 types) a Black sheeting • Tan caulk • Gray pipe insulation TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL TABLE OF CONTENTS AND STAIRCASE REPAIR tag� Instructions to Bidders Bid Form General Conditions and Exhibits Exhibit A Exhibit A-1 Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D Exhibit E Exhibit F — Form I Exhibit F — Form II Exhibit F — Form III Exhibit F — Form IV Exhibit G Exhibit H Exhibit I Change Order Change Order Documentation Instructions Construction Contract Change Order Request Construction Contract Change Order Su=ary Schedule of Values for Contractor Payments Final Release Application and Certificate for Payment Guarantee Contractors Affirmative Action Plan Use of MBE/WBE Vendors Contractor's Affirmative Action Plan Summary of Bid Activity with MBE and WBE Subcontractors and Vendors Affirmative Action Workforce Report Minority-- Women Utilization Report Labor Rate Breakdown Stored Materials Invoicing Documentation Contractor Performance Evaluation DIVISION 1- GENERAL REUIREMENTS Section Ol 11 00 Section 01 14 00 Section 01 22 00 Section 01 25 00 Section 01 31 19 Section 01 31 50 Section 01 32 16 Section 01 32 33 Section 01 33 00 Section 01 35 29 Section 01 35 43 Section 01 35 44 Section 01 41 00 Section 01 42 00 Section 01 45 00 Section 01 45 29 Section 01 45 33 Section 01 50 00 Section 01 51 00 Section 01 57 13 Section 01 66 00 Section 01 71 23 Section 01 73 29 Summary of the Work Work Restrictions Unit Pricing Substitutions and Product Options Project Meetings Electronic Project Management Construction Schedules Photographic Documentation Submittal Procedures General Health & Safety General Environmental Requirements Spill Control Regulatory Requirements References Quality Control Testing Laboratory Services Code Required Special Inspections and Procedures TeInporary Facilities and Controls Temporary Utilities Soil Erosion and Sediment Control Storage and Protection Field Engineering Cutting, Patching and Repairing TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL TABLE OE CONTENTS AND STAIRCASE REPAIR gage 2 Sections 01 77 00 Section 01 78 22 Section 01 78 23 Section 01 78 36 Section 01 78 39 Project Close Out Fixed Equipment inventory Operating and Maintenance Data Warranties and Bonds Record Documents DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE Section 03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete DIVISION 4 — MASONRY Section 04 43 13.13 Anchored Stone Masonry Veneer DIVISION 5 — METALS Section 05 73 00 Decorative Metal Railings DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07 14 16 Section 07 62 00 Section 07 92 00 Cold Fluid -Applied Waterproofing Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Joint Sealants DIVISION 31— EARTHWORK Section 31 20 00 Section 32 13 16 DRAWING LIST Earth Moving Decorative Concrete Paving Cover Page S-001 General Notes and Details S-100 Plan Views S-101 Elevation Views S-102 Elevation Views 5-103 Sections S-104 Details END OF DOCUMENT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project: Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repairs Owner: Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Architect: LaBella Associates, D.P.C. 300 State Street, Suite 201 Rochester, New York 14614 PROPOSAL FORMS a. Proposals shall be made only on the forms provided and all blank and underlined spaces in the forms shall be fully filled in, in ink or typed; amount shall be fully stated both in writing and in figures. Proposals shall be signed by Principals or Officers duly authorized to execute such documents on behalf of their respective firms or organizations, and the Certificate included in the Bid Form shall be completed accordingly. Bidder's legal name must be fully stated. Completed form shall be without interlineation, alterations, or erasures unless initialed and dated by the signer. 2. RECAPITULATION OR PROPOSAL a. Proposals shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. 3. METHOD OF SUBMISSION a. Proposals shall be prepared and enclosed in a sealed envelope. Envelope shall be addressed to: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Proposal for: Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repairs Submitted by: (Bidder) b. Proposals shall be delivered to the Owner at the address listed above not later than 2:OOPM on March 25, 2016. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -I BID nwFNTNrc a. Proposals will be opened publicly by the Owner in Room 133, Humphreys Service Building, Cornell University Campus, Ithaca, New York, at the hour and date listed in 3b. The Owner reserves the right to postpone the date and time of opening of proposals at any time prior to the date and time announced in this Instruction to Bidders or amendments thereto. 5. BIDDING DOCUMENTS a. The Bidding Documents will consist of the following: (1} Instructions to Bidders. (2) Bid Form. (3) General Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - "General Requirements". (4) Drawings and Specifications. (5) Addenda and/or bulletins issued prior to date of opening of Proposals, 6. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED a. Contract Documents may be obtained from the Facilities Contracts website (http://finance.fs.cornell.edu/contracts/pob/projects.cfn ). For assistance call 607-255-5343. b. Additional sets will be available at $30.00 per set without refund. All subcontractors and suppliers requiring may order these at 830.00 per set without refund. No partial sets will be issued. The Contract Documents remain the property of the Owner. c. The successful bidder will be allowed ten (10) sets of drawings and specifications. 7. START OF WORK a. Work at the site shall be started within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of issuance of written authorization to proceed and shall be completed no later than August 5, 2016. 8. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder shall furnish the Owner with "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment .Bonds", each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Price. The cost of such bonds shall be included in the Bidders Proposal. Each of these Bonds are to be in a form with such sureties as the Owner may approve. b. Bid Bond. Each Bidder will be required to furnish a Bid Bond in the amount of 10% of the Bid Amount. Such Bid Bond shall guarantee that the Bidder will execute the Contract if it is awarded to hirn in conformity with his Proposal. Such Proposal Guarantee Bond shall include a statement that the Insurer shall, at the option of the Bidder, be willing to provide to the Bidder the Contract Bonds as described in 8a above. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -2 AWARD OF CONTRACT TR RCT a. It is the intent of the Owner to enter into a Contract with one General Contractor for the entire project. All labor and services and materials and supplies, etc. are to be provided in accordance with the Contract, b. The competence and responsibility of the Bidders` proposed principal subcontractors will be considered in making the Award. c. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Proposals, and to waive any informalities in Bidding. d. All Proposals shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid opening date. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. 10. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed work, fully acquaint and familiarize himself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be carried on under the proposed Contract, and make such investigation as he may see fit so that he shall fully understand the facilities, physical conditions and restrictions attending the work under the Contract. b. Each Bidder shall also thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents. c. By submitting a Proposal, the Bidder covenants and affirms that he has carefully examined the Drawings, Specifications, associated Bid Documents, the Addenda and Bulletins, if any, and the Site, that he relies on no representation by the Owner, and that from his own investigation he has satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, and alI matters which may in any way affect the work or its performance, and that as a result of such examination and investigation, he fully understands the conditions of bidding and that he will not make any claim for, and waives any right to damage because of misinterpretation or misunderstanding of the Bid Documents and the conditions of bidding. 11 . DISCREPANCIES a. Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Architect, who will send written instructions to all bidders. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral instructions. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing, addressed to the Architect. Inquiries received seven (7) or more days prior to date fixed for opening of Bids will be given consideration. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS IN5-3 12. PR E-81.1) CONFERENCE a. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled for 9:00AM, March 9, 2016, in Room 133 of the Humphreys Service Building. The purpose of the conference will be to clarify the intent of the Contract Documents if necessary. Results will be published in an Addendum. 13. TRADE SUBCONTRACTORS, MATERIAL SUPPLIERS a. Each portion of the work shall be performed by an organization equipped and experienced to do work in that particular field, and no portion of the work shall be reserved by the Bidder to himself unless he is so equipped and experienced. Subcontracts shall be awarded only to parties satisfactory to the Owner and the Architect. Each subcontractor and materials supplier shall be approved individually. b. In the spaces provided in the Bid Form, the Bidder shall list all portions of the work he proposes to perforim directly with his own forces. c. A list of names from which the Bidder proposes to select subcontractors, materials suppliers, and/or manufacturers for the principal trades or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Proposal. d. In the Bid Form, there has been listed the principal trades or subdivisions of the work for which such a listing is required, together with the provisions which govern the listing, selection and approval of principal subcontractors. 14. ALTERNATE PROPOSALS a. Certain Alternate Proposals may be requested, They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Alternates without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Alternate Proposals shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 15. UNIT PRICES a. Certain Unit Prices may be requested. They will be listed in the Bid Form and all Bidders are required to bid on all Unit Prices without exception, in the spaces provided. b. Unit Prices shall include all overhead, profit and other expenses in connection therewith. 16. SCHEDULE OF VALUES a. A partial "Schedule of Values" for certain trades and/or subdivisions of the work is required as part of the Bidder's Proposal in the Bid Form, b. The successful Bidder shall submit a complete "Schedule of Values" showing the amounts allocated to the various trades, suppliers, subcontractors, installers and General Contractor's work, aggregating the total sum of the Contract. If requested by the Owner or Architect, the complete "Schedule of Values" shall be submitted prior to award of Contract. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -4 7, AJDDENDA AND BULLETINS a. Addenda and/or bulletins issued during the bidding period shall be acknowledged in the space provided in the Bid Foran. 18. SUBSTITUTIONS a. Proposals shall conform to the requirements of the Bid Documents. b. The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item of material or equipment, element of work, or method of construction set forth in the Bid Documents, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing the proposed substitutions and the amounts to be deducted from the Base Bid corresponding to each such proposed substitution in the spaces provided in the Bid Form. However, the Bidder is cautioned to make his base proposal on the materials and items specified by name or other particular reference. 19. SUB -SURFACE CONDITIONS a. Boring information, water levels, indications of sub -surface conditions and similar information given on the Drawings or in the Specifications are furnished only for the convenience of the Bidders. The Owner, Architect and Consulting Engineer make no representation regarding the character and extent of the soil data or other sub -surface conditions to be encountered during the work and no guarantee as to the accuracy or validity of interpretation of such data or conditions is made or intended. b. Each Bidder shall, by careful examination, inform himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, subsoil and ground water conditions, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this Contract. The Bidder may, at his option, conduct tests at his expense, including borings, by prior notification to the Owner. Each Bidder shall make his own deductions of sub -surface conditions which may affect methods or cost of construction of the work hereunder and he agrees that, if awarded the construction contract, he will make no claim for damages or other compensation, except such as are provided for in the Contract Documents, should he encounter conditions during the progress of the work different from those as calculated and/or anticipated by hire. 20. SALES AND USE TAX EXEMPTION a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Sales and Use Taxes. 21. FEDERAL EXCISE TAX a. The Owner, Cornell University, a non-profit educational institution, is exempt from payment of certain Federal Excise Taxes. 22. TAX EXEMPT STATUS a. Bidders shall inform all prospective subcontractors and suppliers from whom they expect to obtain proposals or quotations of the tax exempt status of the Owner as set forth above and request that they reflect anticipated tax credits in their proposals or quotations. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -5 23, EXEMPTION CERTIFICATES a. At the Contractors request, following the award of a Contract, Contractor exempt purchase certificates will be furnished by the Owner to the Contractor with respect to such tax exempt articles or transactions as may be applicable under the Contract. 24. REQUIRED SUBMISSIONS a. Provide with Bid. Proposal: Acknowledgement of Addenda and/or Bulletins issued prior to bid opening Certificate as to Corporate Bidder List of Proposed Subcontractors Schedule of Values Alternate Proposals and Unit Prices b. Within fourteen days after bid opening: (1) Use of Minority and Female Vendor Forms (2) Summary of Bid Activity with Minority and Female Subcontractors/Vendors (3) Six -Month Workforce Projection c. Execution of Contract: (1) Insurance Certificate (2) Performance Bond (3) Labor and Material Payment Bond (4) Schedule of Work (bar chart) (5) Federal Tax Identification Number END OF SECTION INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INS -6 TE AGLE HALL RDEN AVU SITE WALL. t ND STAIRCASE REPAIR Cornell University, Ithaca, New York BID FORM Submitted by: Date To: Nancy A. Phelps, Director Facilities Contracts 121 Humphreys Service Building Cornell University Ithaca, New York 14853 Gent lemen The undersigned, a (Name of Bidder) (Type of Firm, State of Incorporation, if applicable) of (Address) having carefully examined the Instructions to Bidders, the "Conditions of the Contract" (General, Division 1 - "General Requirements"), and the Drawings, Specifications and associated Bid Documents dated February 25, 2016 prepared by LaBella Associates, D.P.C., 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, New York 14850, as well as the premises and conditions affecting the work, proposes to furnish all material, equipment, labor, plant, machinery, tools, supplies, services, applicable taxes and specified insurance necessary to perform the entire work, as set forth in, and in accordance with the said documents for the following considerations: 1. BASE BID a. All work complete, for the sum of for MATERIALS, SUPPLIFS, LABOR, and SERVICES AND ALL OTHER COSTS. BID FORM BF -1 AT ALTERNATE PROPOSAL a. The undersigned., if awarded the Contract, proposes to perform work in addition to or in place of the scope of the work shown and specified herein as associated with the Base Bid in accordance with the following Alternate Proposals, which amounts are to be added or' deducted to the amount of the Base Bid as indicated for the Alternates specified in Division 1 of the Specifications. b. If the Bidder desires to indicate that the acceptance of any Alternate or Alternates will result neither in an addition to nor a deduction from the value of the work, he shall enter the phrase "No Change" in response to such Alternate or Alternates_ c. It is understood that the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the following Alternate Proposals within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. Alternate No. Description NONE. ADD DEDUCT BID FORM BF -2 START OF 'WORK AND TIME FOR COMPI,FTON a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to commence work at the site within fifteen (15) calendar days after date of issuance of written notice to proceed and to complete the project no later than August 5, 2016. 4. LIST OF PROPOSED PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTORS a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to employ subcontractors from the following list for the Sections or Subdivisions of work stated below subject to the following provisions: (1) Prior to the award of the Contract, the Owner and Architect reserve the right to review the list of "Proposed Principal Subcontractors", and to delete from it the name or names of any to whom they may have a reasonable objection. The Contractor may make the final selection of principal subcontractors at his option from the resulting list after the award of the Contract. b. Bidder shall list the names of at least one subcontractor for each Section or Subdivision of the work listed below and shall limit the listing for each such Section or Subdivision to THREE (3) names. c. If Bidder does not propose to employ a Subcontractor for any Section or Subdivision of the work listed below, he shall enter the name of his firm for each such Section or Subdivision. MASONRY ELECTRICAL MECHANICALIPLUMBING DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS BID FORM BF -3 SHEET META!, EARTHWORE: BID FORM I3F-4 PR_f ICTPAL, SUBDIVISIONS OR ELEMENTS OF TI -IE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FORCES a. If awarded a Contract, we will perform the following porticos of the Work with forces directly employed by the undersigned: b. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Project Manager will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. c. If awarded a Contract, the Contractor's main Superintendent will be: (include resume with bid) The Owner reserves the right to reject the names of any to whom they have a reasonable objection. 6. TIME PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to furnish a "Time Progress Schedule" showing the starting and completion dates for all principal trades and subdivisions of the Work, together with such additional information related thereto as may reasonably be required. 7. BONDS a. Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract to execute and deliver to the Owner "Performance" and "Labor and Material Payment Bonds" in such form as acceptable to the Owner and in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Sum. Such bonds will be furnished by (Name of Surety) b. Bonding Rate for Change Orders. c. Bid Bond. A Bid Bond in the amount of 5 Amount) is attached to this Bid. (10% of Bid BID FORM BF -5 8. SCI-IEDULE OF VALUES a. The undersigned agrees, prior to the award of a construction contract and upon the request of the Architect or Owner, to submit a complete, itemized and. detailed "Schedule of Values" including Alternates elected, if any, showing the amount allocated to the various trades and subdivisions of the work, aggregating the total Contract Sum. b. To facilitate the evaluation of Bids, the undersigned has included in each part of his Bid the following values for the trades and/or subdivisions of the work as listed below. Values for work included under Alternate Proposals are excluded. Values relative to General Contractor's costs for General Conditions are excluded. Spec Section Trades and/or Subdivision Division 1 General Requirements Demolition Div 31/03 Earth Moving/Concrete Div 07 Waterproofing Div 04/07 Masonry/Flashing/Joint Sealants Total Values Included in Base Bid Labor Material Total Combined Bid $ BID FORM BF -6 9„ SUBSTI .TIONS a. The Base Bid is predicated on compliance with the Drawings and Specifications without substitutions. b, The Bidder may offer substitutions for any item noted in the Specifications, with the exception of Form of Contract, General Conditions and General Requirements - Division 1, by listing in the space below the proposed substitution, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. c. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any proposed substitution. d. The Bidder may offer a substitution for General Conditions, Article 2.05, Superintendence by Contractor, by listing in the space below the proposed percentage of supervision to be provided onsite, together with the amount to be deducted from the Base Bid if the substitution is accepted. Percentage of Supervision Deduction from Base Bid 0 e. Tlie sum stated includes any modifications of work or additional work that may be required by reason of acceptance of substitution. Substitute materials must be approved and accepted by the Owner in writing before same may be used in lieu of those named in the Specifications. Iteral and Specification Description of Reference Deduction from Base Bid Substitution Section & Page No. Labor Material BID FORM BF -7 10, ArrFPT4Nr - a. The undersigned agrees that this Proposal shall remain in force and effect for a period of not less than sixty (60) calendar days following the bid due date. b. if written notice of acceptance of this Proposal is mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the undersigned within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of opening of Bids, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn, the undersigned will within ten (10) calendar days after the date of such mailing, telegraphing or delivery of such notice, execute an Agreement between Contractor and Owner, amended and/or supplemented, if required, in accordance with the Proposal as accepted. c. The undersigned further agrees, if requested by the Owner, to furnish Performance and Payment Bonds pursuant to Article 7 herein within ten (10) calendar days of issuance of such notice. d. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to accept any of the Alternate Proposals listed within thirty (30) calendar days following the award of a construction contract. e. It is understood and agreed that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to waive any informalities in bidding, and to hold all proposals for the above noted period of tine. BID FORM BF -8 1 1. UNIT PRICE SCHEDULE a. Tlie undersigned agrees, if awarded the Contract, to perform work "In addition to" or "deducted from" the scope of the Contract Documents as directed by the Owner and/or Architect, computed in accordance with the unit prices hereinafter listed, which prices include all overhead, profit and other expense items in connection therewith, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents, b. All unit prices include the installation or omission, complete for each item, together with all work in connection therewith and shall include all shoring, bracing, dewatering and other incidental work. c. Unit prices shall be the total compensation for the item and includes all overhead, profit and any other charges of the Contractor and/or subcontractor in connection therewith. d. Adjustments will be computed on net variation of total quantities of like items. e. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the unit prices listed below prior to the execution of the Contract. UNIT PRICES Item UP 1: Bluestone Repointing per SF Add Deduct Labor Materials Labor Materials BID FORM BF -9 12. ADDENDUM FEC .L't T a. Receipt of the following addenda to the Terms and Conditions, Drawings or Specifications is acknowledged: Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: Addendum No. Dated: By: Title: Business Address: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -10 CERTIFICATE OF INN -COLLUSION By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of his knowledge and belief: a. The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor. b. Unless required. by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or with any competitor, c. No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other persons, partnership, or corporation to submit or not submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. Dated: By: Title: (Bidder) BID FORM BF -11 CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE BJDDER General Contractors; that behalf of the bidder was then certify that f am the of the Corporation named as Bidder within this Bid Form for• , who signed said Bid Form on of said Corporation; that I know his signature; that his signature thereto is genuine and that said Bid Form and attachments thereto were duly signed, sealed and executed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body. Dated: (Secretary -Clerk) (CORPORATE SEAL) BID FORM BF -12 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK Rev 07-2014 Appendix B Licenses and Certifications Y.4 RW STAiE S>i Er'R' • Et4 r)F'6.Ar3nn - tE JI1;1S€r)i�€ OF i, 'AN . 1EALTIP' ,1X SENSE A 17 C FIC H iQ€41 STATE CPL15.s:lg71G 12 ti ALob 22-416‘'`‘*'' )S.BESTOS:I1ANDUNG L IVUMBER: 6.014:17 L4CENS N' F I ER' 1 LICENSE.CLASS: I ES RIC 1 DATE E OF ISSUE: 02128 ai E ??" EXplFrpp`�• DATE, 021287`41` �"- `:. 1�.z�tt La Bella s clots PC yTe- Suite 2[JOf , 300 Site Street} ` A' X14 ris,P 7l'F'sT7 �.ti' epfesentEtiv ashes s pro ec State iii P' 'seen Deparoitikt of ;i9 issued an ac Coles, Rules Mato, federal nductofany' ' -orllkart�'ecottrectotn It , . ; it __ : lXa l r rise varus that ieda mtkigov0 �,. 'int` odenun •.a son Law of New Sion or reybe t; or (2) demo iK .i r r e "1rd.o niora(.I),''.: tea p hb PY•1011ei: G 1ic4 ee ofi arritis8 thy perrartn, by miP`tly dispia t9r: ro) cw ;VPta SH 432 (4-07) Maureen A. Cox, Director FOR THE COMMISSIONER OF L,ABO$ Asbestos Certificates STATE OF NEW YORK - DEPARTMENT OF LABOR ASKSTOSCEftiWICATE Ti SP011 88.0. t9. OM/ M6291654 IVIlJSTBE CARRIED ON ASBESTOS PROJECTS 10441 2) 111.1111 1111111111111111111111111 EYES BLV HAIR 0LN HOT 61 OB" IF roam RETURN 'rot NY9DOL - LLC UNIT ROM 161A 9HJ.LDING 12 6TAT0 DETICC CAMRV9 ALBANY NY 12260 L4BELLI R£3�f Oki bra Or* POlogilia err ok-9 ifw&i*Pt� r3r xta�S��a�tP �p spctl + 4O2 a b�dG {E ffd� f Appendix C Laboratory Analysis Rcport BULK SA `.1 LE ASBESTOS ANALYTICAL REPORT LABELLA ASSOCIATES, P. C. ANALYTICAL LABORATORY 300 STATE STREET ROCHESTER, NY 14614 (585) 454-6110 FAX(585) 454-3066 CLIENT: Labelia Associates, PC ADDRESS: 300 State Street Rochester, NY 14614 Te Cornell - a p e Hall PROJECT �.CCATIaI`I:...._...�._.. --:--_.. : _.- LEL JOB #E - ELAP # 11184 TEM ELAP 10920 LABELLA PROTECT #. 212118/2 SAMPLE TYPE: PLM Bulk SAMPLE DATE: 01/11/2012 1812; LU I LBL ID T " ASBESTOS-,,,,-O1.3L TYPE _ F'_.___ ND IBEIt8 ND 57 MATED TAR '5'P 100 ' COLOR l ii.E. G11II TI(ihi 212118-1A 1812-1 BLACK JOINT FILLER 212118-1B 1812-2 Lir ND ND TAR 100 BLACK JOINT FILLER 212118-2A 1812-3T ND ND TAR 100 BLACK WA'T'ERPROOFING 212118-2B 1812-4 T ND ND TAR 100 BLACK WATERPROOFING 212118-3A 1812-5 T ND ND PLASTIC 100 BLACK PLASTIC 212116-3B 1812-6 T ND ND PLASTIC 100 BLACK PLASTIC 212118-4A 1812-7 T ND ND MIN/BINDER 100 TAN CAULK 212118-4B 1812-8 T ND ND MIN/BINDER 100 TAN CAULK 212118-5A 1812-9 ®^^ T ND ND 1 CELLULOSE 30 TAR 70 BLACK. TAR &MEMBRANE 212118-5B 1812-10 CELLULOSE 30 TAR 70 BLACK TAR 84 MEMBRANE 212118-6A 1812-11 P CHRYSOTILE 21 CELi/GLASS 17 MINERAL 62 GRAY PPE INSULATION _______ _____ __._.-__w _ 1 r PLM Methods 198.I, 198.4, 198.6 & EPA 6001M4/82/020 e tom;, Lab Supervisor: 0 Date - ND - None Detected CELL -Cellulose JC - Joint Compound MIN - Mineral GLASS - Fiberglass <1 = Tragi- PLAS - Plaster P - Friable PLM analytical result N - NOB PLM analytical result T - TEM analytical result IN - Inconclusive* G -Gravimetric Matrix Reduction; Sample residue weight <1% of original sample weight, TEM not required. *"Polarized -light microscopy (PLM) is not consistently reliable in detecting asbestos in floor coverings and similar non -friable organically bound materials. Quantitative transmission electron microscopy (TEM) is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this material can be considered to be non -asbestos containinge" Page 1 of CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York ori University CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION OF .1.SBESTO'S FREE MATERLUS (Exhibit A() SECTION 01 35 29 GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY OWNER AR=EcT CONTRACTOR PIED PROJECT:. TO OWINTEP 0,7a-aqt k.-ddrgz) CORNELL-UNIVERS.11 Facilities Contact 121 Humphrey, S-tvice Building Ithaca:New York 14s53 comrAcTNIIIBER CONTFACT FOR CONTRACT DATE: DATE OF ISSUANCE: The uthersigned /lathy crtifies that all matadats and egzipinatt futniched for or installed in connection with all 11,ork, labor, ara c•erlicesixovided with reipzt to the performance of the Contact referr-rwed above skabe free of asbestos and any asbtos containiag material.. The imdermed shall - provide. may and all documents opporting such miification vouch nay reasonably be required the Ovinu, including thre applicable Safety Data Sht.s: alliVOT Material Safety Data Sheets. SUPPORTLNG DOCUNIENTS.21,TTACEED HERETO: Material Safety Data Sleets COMPACTOR: Ohreco &.kddr-01.) BY: (agnestre af authorized representative) NAME.: (Printed /wane) TME: State of 1 )SS. Caanty of Subscribed 2.ud suions t befors, 3r1. luis Dzy of 20 ***END OF SECTION 01 35 29** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL HEALTH & SAFETY 01 35 29-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 35 43 GENERA., ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01.35.43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL RE U1REMENTS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This Section and the listed Related Sections provides minimum requirements for the protection of the environment during the project. The requirements of this Section shall apply to both Contractor and all tiers of sub -contractors involved in the project. B. In addition to the requirements of this Section and the listed Related Sections, all laws and regulations by applicable local, state, and federal agencies shall apply to the work of this contract. In some cases the requirements of these Specifications may by intention exceed such. legal requirements, but in no case shall this Specification be interpreted or understood to reduce or eliminate such requirements. C. Prior to bidding, review the entire Bidding Documents and report in writing to the Owner's Representative any error, inconsistency, or omission that may have environmental impacts. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control B. Section 01 57 13 — Soil Erosion and Sediment Control 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Submittals: 1. Analytical laboratory sample results and material Certifications for all imported soil and. granular materials ("borrow"). 2. Contractor's Waste Material Disposal Plan. 3. Weight tickets from the Borrow Material Supplier. 4. Proposed methods for dewatering and construction water management. 5. Analytical laboratory sample results for all waste materials, 6. Copies of manifests for all waste materials disposed of off-site. 1,4 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. In accordance with Article 2 of the General Conditions, provide a competent supervisory representative with full authority to act for the Contractor at the site. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 434 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR REQUIREMENTS February 25, 2016 CORNELL Ithaca, New B. C. UNIVERSITY York SECTION 01 35 43 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS If at any time operations under the representative's supervision do not comply with this Section, or the representative is otherwise unsatisfactory to the Owner, replace, if requested by the Owner, said representative with another representative satisfactory to the Owner. There shall be no change in superintendent without the Owner's approval. Remove from the Work any employee of the Contractor or any Subcontractor when so directed by the Owner. The Owner may request the removal of any employee who does not comply with these specifications. 1.5 CLEARING, SITE PREPARATION AND SITE USE A. B. c. In accordance with Section 01 14 00, only that portion of the working area that is absolutely necessary and essential for the work shall be cleared for construction. All clearing should be approved and performed to provide minimum practical exposure of soils. The Contractor shall make every effort to avoid the destruction of plants, trees, shrubs and lawns outside the area of construction so as not to unduly disturb the ecological or environmental quality of the area. Topsoil excavated as part of the Project, which can be reused as part of the Project, shall be stockpiled for future use and temporarily stabilized to prevent erosion. 1.6 SPOIL AND BORROW A. B. Spoil 1. Dispose of excavated material which, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, is unfit to be used as backfill or embankment or which is in excess of the amount required under the Contract. 2. All spoil areas shall be graded and seeded to match the surrounding area. 3. Spoil areas shall be covered and protected from erosion into adjacent storm sewers, drainage ways, land areas, or water bodies. Borrow Material 1_ Borrow material shall be provided from a clean source. Submittals of proposed borrow material shall be reviewed by the Owner prior to delivery on-site. Submittals shall include the quantity of materials, source location and certification by the material supplier that it is free of chemicals or other foreign matter. 1.7 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Limit and control the nature and extent of activities at all times to minimize the effects of noise and vibrations. Take adequate measures for keeping noise levels, as produced by construction related equipment, to safe and tolerable limits as set forth by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the New York State Industrial Code Guidelines and Ordinances and all City, Town and Local ordinances. Equip all construction equipment presenting a potential noise nuisance with noise -muffling devices adequate to meet these requirements TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 0135 43-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR REQUIREMENTS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION Ol 35 43 Ithaca, New York LS DUST CONTROL 1.9 GENETZAL ENVIRONN ENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Take adequate measures for controlling dust produced by drilling, excavation, backfilling, loading, saw cutting or other means. The use of calcium chloride or petroleum-based materials for dust control is prohibited. Dust control measures are required throughout the duration of construction. B. lf, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, the Contractor is not adequately controlling dust, the Owner will first notify the Contractor. If the Contractor does not take adequate actions necessary, the Owner may, at the Contra.ctor's expense, employ alternative means to control dust. C. Erect, maintain, and remove when appropriate barriers or other devices, including mechanical ventilation systems, as required by the conditions of the work for the protection of users of the project area, the protection of the work being done, or the containment of dust and debris. All such barriers or devices shall be provided in conformance with all applicable codes, laws, and regulations including OSHA. PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT A. Construction procedures observed by the Contractor, its subcontractors and other employees shall include protection of the environment, in accordance with all pertinent Cornell standards, policies, Iocal laws, executive orders, ordinances, and federal and state regulations. Construction procedures that are prohibited in the undertaking of work associated with this Contract include, but are not limited to: 1. Dumping of spoil material or any liquid or solid pollutant into any storm or sanitary sewer, drainage way, stream sewer, any wetlands (as defined by federal and state regulations), any surface waters, or at unspecified locations. 2. Indiscriminate, arbitrary, or capricious operation of equipment in any stream corridors, any wetlands, or any surface waters. 3. Pumping of any silt -laden water from trenches or other excavations into any storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drainage ways, wetlands, or surface waters. 4. Damaging vegetation beyond the extent necessary for construction of the facilities. 5. Disposal of trees, brush, and other debris in any location on University property, unless such areas are specifically identified on the drawing or in the specifications or specifically approved by the Owner's site representative. 6. Permanent or unspecified alteration of the flow line of a stream. 7. Burning trash, project debris, or waste materials. B. Take all necessary precautions to prevent silt or waste of any kind from entering any drainage or waterways or downstream properties as a result of the Work. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR REQUIREMENTS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 43 Ithaca, New York GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS C. Runoff of potable water used for concrete curing or concrete truck or chute cleaning operations shall not be allowed to reach the storm water system or open water due to the levels of residual chlorine (New York State water quality standards, 6 NYCRR Part 703.5) and other potential contaminants. If necessary, obtain permission from the local sewer authority and collect and pump the runoff to the sanitary sewer. D. Limit the nature and extent of any activities that could result in the release or discharge of pollutants. Report any such release or discharge immediately to the Owner's Representative and clean up spills immediately, as detailed in Section 01 35 44 — Spill Control Procedures. 1.10 TEMPORARY RE-ROUTING OF PIPING AND DUCTWORK A. Obtain approval from the Owner's Representative prior to any temporary re-routing of piping and exhaust ductwork necessary for the completion of the Work. Submit re-routing plans to the Owner's Representative in writing. The following shall require approval of the Owner: 1. Temporary storm, sanitary or water line connections. 2. Temporary exhaust ductwork connections where such connections may impact air emissions. B. Instruct all personnel to observe extreme caution when working in the vicinity of mechanical equipment and piping. Personnel shall not operate or tamper with any existing valves, switches, or other devices or equipment without prior approval by the Owner's Representative. 1.11 HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS A. Inform officers, employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors at every tier, and any other party which may come into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of its performance hereunder of the nature of such materials, and any health and safety or environmental risks associated therewith. B. Do not use hazardous or toxic materials in a manner that will violate Cornell University Policies or any state, federal, or municipal environmental health and safety regulations. In situations where the risks are unclear consult with Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S) for guidance. C. Provide complete care and treatment for any injury sustained by any parties coming into contact with any hazardous or toxic materials as a result of Contractor's performance or failure to perform hereunder. D. At the completion of project Contractor shall remove all unused chemical products and hazardous materials from campus. Transportation of these materials shall be in accordance with all federal, state, and local regulations. Request and receive written approval from EH&S prior to disposal of any on-site disposal. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 0135 43-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR REQUIREMENTS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York GENERAL, ENV IR 1e12 ISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL AND TITLE SECTION 01 35 43 NMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to start of work and first payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan' to the Owner's Representative. The pan shall identify the waste transportation and treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) companies which will manage all waste material and any site(s) for disposal of the waste material. B. The "Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan" form, together with definitions associated with the form waste descriptions, is attached to this Section. Contractor must use this form to document waste disposal methods and locations. C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper cleanup, containment, storage and disposal of any hazardous material/chemical spill occurring during its work. For Cornell University owned hazardous waste EH&S will oversee, approve or effect the proper disposal. Title, risk of loss, and all other incidents of ownership to the Waste Material, shall vest in Contractor at the time Contractor or any transporter acting on its behalf takes physical possession of Waste Material. Complete and maintain full records of the chain of custody and control, including certificates of disposal or destruction, of all Waste Materials loaded, transported and/or disposed of. Deliver all such records to the Owner in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any instructions from the Owner in a timely manner and in any event prior to final payment(s) under this Contract. 2M PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3M EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 35 43*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL 01 35 43-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR REQUIREMENTS February 25, 2016 Contractor Waste Material Disposal Plan Contact Name/Number/Email: 1. Contractor Name: Contract No.: Project Name/Description: CU Project Manager Project End Date: Project Start Date: Destination or Disposal Location \ / ) R 5 ®tea»( Waste Management VEIN I 21I U g 4' 2 / Q spuncuo ) SH4 amelIVAVSOSIN Source _1010B_111.100 ]@mog� p aijs 0 : E.'.) / Category Solvents PCBs Asbestos e /\S P § '\ 6 Other Toxic Metals (describe in section 4) 2 Light Bulbs Thermostats Batteries _ 0 ± / Contaminated PPE & Materials Other (describe in section 4) No hazardous waste | Estimated Quantity d 0 44 az H 4) w 0 Facility Address Disposal Facility Name 0 CI) w U "O 0 .� 0 ctlyy �} 0 Non C&D solid waste Other (describe in section IV) No non -hazardous waste will be generated 5. Contractor Certification 0 u) U i:1 cC .? p d U 4) ca U b �4) U 0 •w _ F+ o 0 °I-1' o 0 X0 . 0 U�.� . . v ¢'.t3 crs 4) 7 0 ccl .^9, O U 3 ��.c ,tcam± . O r>, > Q-' e, .. in .0 4J ro �c�-. 44) aA tea) a> a) 3 ,, o , p, ' of) 0 4-a ,d co 4) .�-+� - O -s va o co y .R V' g U 0.) c g u) N y., O ci 0 w O 0 � "00 �• c'd. 08 48 c 0 - ra 0 U 9 0 0 ', Ce 0 4-. ,ti U0 c: 0 4) 4) RS «O 4, U V) Q 0 U m^ '4,,,' ,. w0 0 () g 4) O U c) 5 03 U • ,S • q . 4) cG 4) O - bO o ( 3 U O cef 4) 4) — 4) x a) U Q y 4p v o g W U � o P-+ 0 U Q) 0 r= 3 o L.< 4) A o 7) w Print Name 0 U H O rtz5Q czJ ate) •"-I g U ).Z 4-403 4) 11U N O Q • 4? CZ � U1-i '* O � A Q CA 174 0 N 4) U ti rl 0 a 4) U 14-4 c4- C% - r Definitions for Use with Contractor Waste Material Disposal. Plano The following is not solid waste: Discarded materials that are being beneficially used pursuant to 6NYCRR. Section 360-1.15 A material is disposed of if it is discharged, deposited, injected, dumped, spilled, leaked or placed into or on any land or water so that such material or any constituent thereof may enter the environment or be emitted into the air or discharged into -groundwater or surface water. Asbestos: Any waste material containing the asbestiform varieties of: Chrysotile (serpentine); crocidolite (riebeckite); amosite (cum- mingtonitegrunerite); an.thophyllite; tremolite; and actinolite. Batteries: All spent batteries being disposed that are regulated by New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) in 6 New York Code of Rules and Regulations (NYCRR) Part 374-3, or Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 273.2 as Universal. Waste Batteries. BorrowMaterial: Fill material required for on-site construction that is obtained fioni other locations. Chromium: Any waste containing chromium or contaminated with chromium that exceeds the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for chromium as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24, Clean Soil: Soil that is uncontaminated with any solid or hazardous waste, C&D debris, trees, stumps, yard waste or wood chips per definitions of those terms below. Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris: Uncontaminated solid waste resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads; and uncontaminated solid waste resulting from land clearing. Such waste includes, but is not limited to bricks, concrete and other masonry materials, soil, rock, wood (including painted, treated and coated wood and wood products), land clearing debris, wall coverings, plaster, drywall, plumbing fixtures, non -asbestos insulation, roofing shingles and other roof coverings, asphaltic pavement, glass, plastics that are not sealed in a manner that conceals other wastes, empty buckets ten gallons or Less in size and having no more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom., electrical wiring and components containing no hazardous liquids, and pipe and metals that are incidental to any of the above. Solid waste that is not C&D debris (even if resulting from the construction, remodeling, repair and demolition of utilities, structures and roads and land cleating) includes, but is not limited to asbestos waste, garbage, corrugated container board, electrical fixtures containing hazardous liquids such as fluorescent light ballasts or transformers, fluorescent lights, carpeting, furniture, appliances, tires, drums, containers greater than ten gallons in size, any containers having more than one inch of residue remaining on the bottom and fuel tanks. Specifically excluded from the definition of construction and demolition debris is solid waste (including what otherwise would be construction and demolition debris) resulting from any processing technique, other than that employed at a department -approved C&D debris processing facility, that renders individual waste components unrecognizable, such as pulverizing or shredding. Also, waste contained in an illegal disposal site may be considered C&D debris if the department determines that such waste is similar in nature and content to C&D debris. Construction and Demolition Debris Processing Facility means a processing facility that receives and processes construction and demolition debris by any means. Revision date: May 2010 Page 1of3 Contaminated PPE & Materials: Any personal protective equipment such as gloves, coveralls, boot covers, respirator cartridges etc.; or rags, tools, articles or other material that has become adulterated by a hazardous material, and which meets the definition of hazardous waste or is considered unsuitable for disposal as regular trash. Exempt C&D and Stuxnp Facilities: The following facilities are exempt from Solid waste management facility permitting requirements provided the facilities operate only between the hours of sunrise and sunset, and (if the allowable waste comes from an off-site source) no fee or other form of consideration is required for the privilege of using the facility for disposal purposes: (i) A site at which only the following C&D debris is placed: recognizable uncontaminated concrete and concrete products (including steel or fiberglass reinforcing rods that are embedded in the concrete), asphalt pavement, brick, glass, soil and rock. (Recognizable means solid waste that can be readily identified as C&D debris by visual observation.) (ii) A landfill for the disposal of trees, stumps, yard waste and wood chips generated from these materials is exempt when origin and disposal of such waste occur on properties under the same ownership or control. Hazardous Waste: Any waste material that meets the definition of "hazardous waste" in 6 NYCRR 371.1 and 40 CFR 261.3 and that is not excluded by regulation. Land Clearing Debris means vegetative matter, soil and rock resulting from activities such as land clearing and grubbing, utility line maintenance or seasonal or storm -related cleanup such as trees, stumps, brush and leaves and including wood chips generated from these materials. Land clearing debris does not include yard waste which has been collected at the curbside. Lead: Any metallic Iead or waste material containing lead, e.g. waste paint chips, that exceed the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for lead as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Light Bulbs: All spent lamps or light bulbs being disposed that are regulated in 6 NYCRR Part 374-3 or 40 CFR 273.5. Mercury: Liquid mercury or any waste containing mercury at levels exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit for mercury as defined in 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24. Mold: Construction material or debris contaminated with mold fungus that is unsuitable for reuse. Other Toxic Metals: Any waste containing a metal or contaminated by a metal identified in, and exceeding the Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) limit of 6 NYCRR Part 371.3 or 40 CFR 261.24.PCBs: All electrical articles and equipment or the used oil removed from them, containing polychlorinated biphenyls at levels regulated by 6 NYCRR 371.4(e) Scrap Metal: Bits and pieces of metal parts (e.g., bars, turnings, rods, sheets, wire) or metal pieces that may be combined together with bolts or soldering (e.g., radiators, scrap automobiles, railroad box cars), which when worn or superfluous can be recycled. Revision date: May 2010 Page 2 of 3 Solid Waste (Non C&D): Any garbage, refuse, sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded materials including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous material, resulting from industrial, commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities, but does not include solid or dissolved materials in domestic sewage, or solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows or industrial discharges that are point sources subject to permit under 33 USC 1342, or source, special nuclear or by-product material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, except as may be provided by existing agreements between the State of New York and the government of the United States. SoIvents: Substances (usually liquid) suitable for, or employed in, solution, or in dissolving something; as, water is the appropriate solvent for most salts, alcohol for resins, ether for fats, and mercury or acids for metals, etc. Typically these are chemicals are used as paint thinners or cleaning solutions. Spoil: Refuse material removed from an excavation. Used Oil: Any oil refined from crude oil, or any synthetic oil, that has been used, and as a result of such use is contaminated by physical or chemical impurities. "See 6 NYCRR 374-2 or 40 CFR 279" Thermostats: Any mercury -containing thermostat as defined in 6 NYCRR 374-3.1(d), or 40 CFR 273.4 Uncontaminated C&D Debris; C&D Debris that is not mixed or commingled with other solid waste at the point of generation, processing or disposal, and that is not contaminated with spills of a petroleum product, hazardous waste or industrial waste. Contamination from spills of a petroleum product does not include asphalt or concrete pavement that has come into contact with petroleum products through normal vehicle use of the roadway. Revision date: May 2010 n,Ee 3 of CORNELL UNIVERSITY.`— SECTION 01 35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL SECTION O1 35 44 SPILL CONTROL IAO GENERAL Li SPI L PREVENTION A. In order to minimize the potential for discharge to the environment of oil, petroleum, or hazardous substances on site, the following requirements shall apply to all projects: 1. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored or relocated temporarily on site during the construction process shall be stored in such a manner as to provide protection from vehicular damage and to provide containment of leaks or spills. Horizontal diked oil storage tanks, temporary berms or barriers, or similar methods shall be employed as appropriate at each site, Any on-site filling or dispensing activities shall occur within an area in which a temporary bene, boom, or similar containment barrier has been placed to prevent the inadvertent discharge to the environment of harmful quantities of any products. 3. All oil, petroleum, or hazardous materials stored on site shall be located in such a manner as to minimize the potential of damage from construction operations or vehicles, away from drainage ways and environmentally sensitive areas, and in accordance with all fire and safety codes, B. Remove immediately from the site any storage, dispensing, or operating equipment that is leaking oil or hazardous substances or is in anyway unsuitable for the safe storage of such materials, L2 SPILL CONTROL PROCEDURES All Contractor personnel working at the project site shall be knowledgeable of the potential health and safety concerns associated with petroleum and other hazardous substances that could potentially be released at the project site. Following are a list of activities that should be conducted by the Contractor in the event of an oil/petroleum spill or the release of any other hazardous substance, In the event of a large quantity spill that would require cleanup procedures that are beyond the means of the Contractor, an emergency spill cleanup contractor shall be hired by the Contractor. In the event the Contractor has the personnel necessary to clean up the spill, the following procedures shall be followed: A. Personnel discovering/responding to a spill shall: 1. Identify and locate the source of the spill, If unsafe conditions exist, leave the area, inform nearby personnel, notify the site supervisor, and initiate spill reporting (Section 1.3). TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SPILL CONTROL O1 35 444 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 2. Limit the discharge of product, if safely possible, by: (1) diverting discharge to a containment area; (2) creating temporary dikes with soils or other available materials; and (3) utilizing sorbent materials. If secondary containment is present, verify that valves and drains are closed prior to diverting the product to this area. 3. The individual discovering a spill shall initiate containment procedures to prevent material from reaching a potential migratory route, through implementation of the following actions, or any other methods necessary. Methods employed shall not compromise worker safety. - a. Stop the spill at once (if possible). b. Extinguish sources of ignition (e.g., flames, sparks, hot surfaces, cigarettes, etc.). c. Clear personnel from the spill location and rope off the area. d. Utilize available spill control equipment in an effort to ensure that fires, explosions, and releases do not occur, recur, or spread. e. Use sorbent materials to control the spill at the source. f. Construct a temporary containment dike of sorbent materials, cinder blocks, bricks, or other suitable materials to help contain the spill. g. Attempt to identify the character, exact source, amount, and area of the released materials. Identification of the spilled material should be made as soon as possible so that the appropriate cleanup procedure can be identified. h. Assess possible hazards to human health or the environment as a result of the release, fire, or explosion. If spill response measures involve the temporary cessation of any operations, the Contractor shall monitor the affected equipment for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure buildup; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in valves, pipes, or other equipment. B. Spill Cleanup: 1. Following containment of the spill, the following spill cleanup procedures shall be initiated. a. Use proper waste containers. b. Remove bulk liquid by using vacuum, pump, sorbents, or shovel and place material in properly labeled waste container. Be sure not to collect incompatible or reactive substances in the same container. c. Cleanup materials not reclaimed on-site shall be disposed of in accordance with all applicable state and federal regulations. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SPILL CONTROL 0135 44-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL IJNIVERSI` Y �._ SECTION 01.35 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL Apply sorbent materials to pick up remaining liquid aver bulk liquid has been removed, The Contractor shall not walk over spilled material. Absorbed material shall be picked up with a shovel and placed in a separate waste container, and shall not be mixed with bulk liquid. e. Clean spill control equipment and containers. Replace equipment in its proper Iocation. Restock or reorder any sorbents used to clean up the spill. f. Carefully wash spilled product from skin and clothing using soap. Change clothes, if necessary, to avoid further contact with product, g. Disposal of all spilled product shall be made off-site, and shall be arranged through the Contractor. h. A Spill Report shall be completed, including a description of the event. A sample Spill Documentation Form is provided in Appendix B, C. Fire or Explosion: 1. hi the event of a fire or explosion at the site, the Contractor shall: a. Verify that the local fire department and the appropriate response personnel (e.g., ambulance, police) have been notified. b. Report to the scene, if safe to do so, and evaluate the situation (e.g., spill character, source, etc.). Coordinate, as necessary, with other appropriate site and emergency personnel. c. Ensure that people are cleared from the area. d. Ensure that fires are safely extinguished (if possible), valves closed, and other immediate actions necessary to mitigate the emergency, if safe to do so. e, Initiate responsible measures necessary to prevent subsequent fires, explosions, or releases from occurring or spreading to other areas of the site. These measures include stopping processes or operations, collecting and containing released oil, or removing and isolating containers, f. Take appropriate action to monitor for: (1) leaks; (2) pressure build-ups; (3) gas generation; or (4) ruptures in pipes, valves, or other equipmnent- TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-.3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0135 44 Ithaca, New York SPILL CONTROL 1.3 SPILL REPORTING AND DOCUMENTATION In the event of a spill CALL CORNELL POLICE AT 255-1111 who will notify the appropriate departrnents within the university and coordinate with the contractor for external reporting, if required. The contractor shall be responsible for the initiation of spill reporting and documentation procedures. All petroleum spills must be reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline at 1-800- 457- 7362, less than two hours following discovery. Notification must be made to Cornell Environmental Health and Safety (EH&S), 607.255.8200, within 24 hours of reporting the release. The Contractor will be expected to provide EH&S with the DEC issued spill number. Any petroleum spill must be reported to NYSDEC unless ALL of the following criteria apply: TABLE 1 CRITERIA TO EXEMPT SPILL REPORTING MDL+ SC,I%k1 IOi -,1.--;*, ..., a , Quantity The spill must be known to be less than 5 gallons. Containment The spill must be contained on an impervious surface or within an impervious structure, such that it cannot enter the environment. Control The spill must be under control and not reach a drain or leave the impervious surface. Cleanup The spill must be cleaned -up within two hours of occurrence. Envirornnent The spill must not have already entered into the soil or groundwater or onto surface water. A release of a "reportable quantity" I or unknown amount of a hazardous substance must also be immediately reported to NYSDEC Spill Hotline. Spills of reportable quantities of chemicals or "harmful quantities"2 of oil to navigable waters must be reported to the federal National Response Center, 1-800-424-8802. Spill Reporting Information: When making a telephone report, the caller should be prepared to provide the following information, if possible: I . The date and time of the spill or release. 2. The identity or chemical name of the material released or spilled, including an indication of whether the material is defined as an extremely hazardous substance. 3. An estimate of the quantity of material released or spilled into the environment and the approximate duration of the event. 4. The exact location of the spill, including the name(s) of the waters involved or threatened, and/or other medium or media affected by the release or spill. 5 The source of the release or spill. 6. The name, address, and telephone number of the party in charge of, or responsible for, the facility or activity associated with the release or spill. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SPILL CONTROL 01 35 44-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELI, UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 7. The extent of the actual and potential water pollution. 8, The name and. telephone number of the person in charge of operations at the spill site. 9. The steps being taken or proposed to contain and cleanup the released or spilled material and any precautions taken to minimize impacts; including evacuation. 10. The extent of injuries, if any. SECTION 01 35 44 SPILL CONTROL 11. Any known or anticipated acute or chronic health risks associated with the emergency, and information regarding necessary medical attention for exposed individuals. 12, Assistance required, if any. If the release of a hazardous substance or oil occurs in an amount which exceeds a reportable quantity (RQ) as defined in 40 CFR Part 110, 40 CFR Part 117, 40 CFR Part 302, or 6 NYCRR Part 597, then the Contractor shall do the following: 1. Call to the National Response Center shall be made by the person in charge of the site. The applicable phone numbers are 1-800-424-8802 or 1-202-426-2675. 2. Within 14 days of the release, submit a written description of the release, The description should include: (1) a description of the release, (2) the type of material released, (3) estimated amount of the spill; (4) the date of the release, (5) an explanation of why the release occurred; and (6) a description of the measures to be implemented to prevent and control future releases. (1)Reportable Quantity: A Reportable Quantity is the quantity of a hazardous substance or oil that triggers reporting requirements under the Comprehensive Emergency Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) (USEPA, September 1992). While the Contractor is legally responsible for knowing the risks of materials that are part of construction, members of the owner's spill response team have access to information that may help identify these quantities with you. (2)Harnyeut Quantity: A Harmful Quantity of oil includes discharges that violate applicable water quality standards; cause a film, sheen, or discoloration on a water surface or adjoining shoreline; or cause a sludge or emulsion to be deposited beneath the water surface or shoreline (40 CFR 110.3). 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED **FEND OF SECTION 01 35 44*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SPILL CONTROL WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 01 35 44-5 February 25. 2016 CORNS LLUNIVERSIT..._�__. _� SECTION 01.41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 4 00 REGULATORY RE!UIR t MEN:TS LO GENERAL 1.1 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and pay for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the Work and for the use of such Work when completed. Such permits shall include but are not limited to building, plumbing, backflow prevention, dig safe and building demolition. 1. City of Ithaca building permit applications shall be presented for review at the regularly scheduled Owner's meeting with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). B. For any projects which include demolition of a structure or load-bearing elements of a structure, the Contractor is required to complete a "Notification of Demolition and Renovation" and provide this notification to the United State Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) in advance of the work as specified in 40 CFR 61.145. The Contractor shall also provide a copy of this notification to the Owner's Representative prior to any demolition. C. All Construction / Building / Hot Work and Occupancy permits shall be issued and maintained through the City of Ithaca. D. Ithaca Fire Department Permitting: 1. A permit is required from the Ithaca Fire Department to install or substantially repair a fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system as such as defined under the Uniform Code of New York State. 2. If the scope of work is classified under the Existing Building Code of NYS as Alteration —Level 1; Alteration -- Level 2; Alteration -- Level 3; or Addition; a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department is required for all work'affecting the fire suppression, fire detection, or fire alarm system for that building. A building pen -nit is also required for this type of work. 3. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code of NYS does not require a permit from the Ithaca Fire Department. 1.2 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required inspections, pay all fees and charges for same, include all service charges, pavement cuts and repairs. 1.3 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Work. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 004 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 41 00 Ithaca, New York REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1.4 OWNER'S REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the Work in such a mariner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Owner. B. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor agrees to provide the Owner with a summary of municipal permit fees paid. This shall include the name of the permits secured, the permit fees paid by the Contractor and a copy of the permit. If not permit fees were required, the Contractor shall so state, in writing, upon completion of the project. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 41 00* TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01.41 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SECTION 01 42 00REFERENCES LO GENERAL Ll INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing, apply where applicable, to all other Drawings. B. All references to codes, specifications and standards refelTed to in the Specification Sections and on the Drawings shall mean, and are intended to be, the latest edition, amendment and/or revision of such reference standard in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. C. Install All Work in Compliance with: 1. Building Code of New York State 2. BCNYS Referenced Codes 3. National Electric Code 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 5. Life Safety Code NEPA 101. 6. All local ordinances 7. Mechanical Code of New York State. 8. Fuel Gas Code of New York State. 9, Fire Code of New York State. 10. Plans and Specifications in excess of code requirements and not contrary to same. L2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. "General": Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Contract Documents": The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions, General Requirements, Drawings, Specifications, addenda issued before execution of the Agreement, other documents listed in the Agreement, and modifications issued after execution of the Agreement. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 01 42 00-1 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES C. "The Contract": The Contract Documents form the Contract for construction and represent the entire integrated Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. D. "The Work": The work comprises the completed construction required by the Contract Documents and includes all labor necessary to produce such construction and all materials and equipment incorporated in such construction. E. "Owner": Cornell University a New York corporation. F. "Architect/Engineer": The Architect or Engineer is the person lawfully Iicensed to practice architecture and/or engineering in the state of New York, identified as such in the Owner Contractor Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The terms Architect and/or Engineer mean the Architect and/or his authorized representative. G. "Contractor": The Contractor, person, firm, or corporation with whom the Construction Agreement contract is made by Owner. H. "Subcontractor": A person, firm, or corporation, supplying Iabor and/or materials for work at site of the project for and under separate contract or agreement with Contractor. 1. "As Approved" or "Approved": Architect's or Owner's approval. J. "As Directed": Owner's direction or instruction. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." K. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." L. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control perforrnance of the Work. M. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. N. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. O. "Reinstall". To place back into a former position. P. "Replace". Provide a substitute for. Q. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. R. "Concealed': Work installed in pipe shafts, chases or recesses, behind furred walls, above ceilings, either permanent or removable. S. "Exposed": All capital Work not identified as concealed. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 COELL UNIVERSi;7l'Y.._.. SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York T. V. REFERENCES "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the lard on which Project is to be built. "As -Built Documents". Drawings and other records that are maintained by the Contractor to record all conditions which exist when the building construction is completed. This includes both the elements of the project itself and existing elements that are encountered during the course of project construction. "Record Drawings": Shows construction changes in the project and the final location of all services, lines, outlets, and connections including underground and concealed items. The "record drawings shall be compiled by the Architect based on the working as -built drawings and revised in accordance with the marked up drawings submitted by the Contractor. W. "Shop Drawings"; Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, charts, brochures, and other data that are prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, for some portion of the work. X. "Samples": Physical examples furnished to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged. Y. "General Conditions": The standardized contractual provisions describing the responsibilities, rights and relationships of the Owner and Contractor udder the construction contract. Z. "Contract Limit Lines": A limit line or perimeter line established on the drawings or elsewhere in the contract documents defining the boundaries of the site available to the contractor for construction purposes. A.A. "to do", "provide", "furnish', "install", etc., in these Specifications or o11 Drawings are directions given to the Contractor; 1.4 OWNER AGREEMENTS A. Cornell University and the Tompkins -Cortland Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division have entered into an agreement. The local unions which are members of the Tompkins -Cortland . Counties Building Trades Council, Maintenance Division are as follows; Local #241 - Local #267 - Local #281 - Local #3NY Local #178 - Local #112 - Local #785 - International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers United Association of Plumbers and Stearnfitters United Brotherhood of Carpenters - International Union of Bricklayers and Allied Craftworkers International Union of Painters and Allied Trades International Brotherhood of Sheetmetal Workers Laborers International Union of North America TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 01 42 00-3 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES The definition of craft maintenance as applied to this agreement shall be as follows: All work associated with the demolition, repair, replacement, improvement to or construction of equipment, buildings, structures, utilities, and/or system or components thereof. Craft maintenance for trades assistants shall be limited to work assigned to individuals employed as building trade laborers and which directly assists the craft work performed by other employees covered by this agreement; the Employer is free to assign such work; provided, however, such assignment does not fall within the craft performed by other employees covered by this agreement. 1.5 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized naive of the organizations responsible for the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR FS Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html. Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 (866) 512-I800 (202) 512-1800 (215) 697-6257 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL I: iNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York Available from General Services Administration www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences www,nibs.org 1JFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov L6 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES (202) 619-8925 (202) 289-7800 (800) 872-2253 (202) 272-0080 A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) www,aluminum.org (703) 358-2960 AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.transpoilation.org AATCC Areiican Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The) (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-de.org ACI ACI International (248) 848-3700 (American Concrete Institute) www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (505) 522-1437 www.aosaseed.com APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-6 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Itlracaa, New York REFERENCES API www,api.org American Petroleum Institute ART Air -Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute www.ari.org ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association www. a sphaltr•oofn gMrg ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers www.asce.org ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air -Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org ASME ASME International (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) www.asnne.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering www.asse-plurnbing.org ASTM ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute www.awinet.org AWPA American Wood -Preservers" Association www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society www.aws.org AWWA American Water Works Association www.awwa.org BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association www.buildershardware.corn BIA Brick Industry Association (The) www.bia.org (202) 682-8000 (703) 524-8800 (202) 207-0917 (800) 548-2723 (703) 295-6300 (800) 527-4723 (404) 636-8400 (800) 843-2763 (973) 882-1170 (440) 835-3040 (610) 832-9585 (800) 449-8811 (703) 733-0600 (334) 874-9800 (800) 443-9353 (305) 443-9353 (800) 926-7337 (303) 794-7711 (212) 297-2122 (703) 620-0010 BICSI BICSI (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 9794991 BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-7 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES CCC Carpet Cushion Council (203) 637-1312 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.celluiose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670-0604 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.cppa-info.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (770) 972-3011 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CS SB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 www.cedarhureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 www.cti.org DI -II Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-8 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42.90 Ithaca, New York EII\4A AMT'S Industry Members Association w ww.eima.com ETCDC Engineers Joust Contract Documents Conunittee www,ejdc.org DMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. www.ejrna.org ESD ESD Association www.esda.org FMG FM Global www.fmaiglobal.conn FSA Fluid Sealing Association www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council www.£sc.org GA Gypsum Association www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America www.glasswebsite.corn GS Green Seal www.greenseaLorg GSI Geosynthetic Institute www.geosynthetic-institute.org REFERENCES (800) 294-3462 (770) 968-7945 (703) 295-5000 (914) 332-0040 (315) 3396937 (401) 275-3000 (610) 971-4850 49 228 367 66 0 (202) 289-5440 (785) 271-0208 (202) 872-6400 (610) 522-8440 HI Hydraulic Institute (888) 786-7744 www.purnps.org (973) 267-9700 I-II Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www,hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.con-i IBR Institute of Boiler & Radiation Manufacturers ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-9 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0142 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icrLorg IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255-1561 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek (800) 345-3851 www.intertek.com (713) 407-3500 ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection. Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org (804) 314-8955 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-10 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNUNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association www inetalfr'amin g -mfg. org MI -11A Material Handling Industry of America wwwennlria.org MIA Marble Institute of America www.marble-institute.com SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES (847) 480-9138 (312) 644-6610 (800) 345-1815 (704) 676-1190 (440) 250-9222 MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.rnss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naarnm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www.nadca.cor NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.nairna.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgqa.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www.ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-3550 www.ncta.com NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 01 42 00-11 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA International Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (303) 697-8441 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www nflls org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 www.nofnra.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 www.nsf org NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 0142 00-12 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL...UNIVERSITY.._. SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES (212) 227-3700 Ithaca, New York NYBFU PCI New York Board of Fire Underwriters WWW.nybtuorg Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute www.pci,org (312) 786-0300 PLICA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 (314) 514-7322 www.pdca.conn PDT Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute http://pgi-tp.ce.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network www.iandcarenetwork.org PTI Post -Tensioning Institute w ww. post -tension ng.org (217) 333-3929 (800) 395-2522 (602) 870-7540 RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections (800) 644-2400 www.boltcouncil.org (312) 670-2400 RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.r-fci,com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 www.calredwood.org (415) 382-0662 SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SBI Steel Boiler Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (516) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SLA Security Industry Association (703) 683-2075 www.siaonline.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-13 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www. steelj oistorg SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.srnacentral.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoain.org SPIE Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SS1NA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241-7333 www.steelwindows.conn SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.corn TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 0142 00-14 February 25, 2016 CORNELL IJNIVERSIT Ithaca, New York r TPI Turfgrass Producers International www.turfgrasssod.org Tile Roofing Institute www.tileroofing.org UFPO Underground Facilities Protective Organization wwv.ufpo.org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. www.ui.coni UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association www.uni-bell.org SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES (847) 649-5555 (312) 670-4177 (800) 962-7962 (800) 962-7811 (877) 854-3577 (847) 272-8800 (972) 243-3902 USGBC U.S. Green Building g Council (202) 828-7422 www.usgbc.org WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 www.windowcoveiings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.coni WI Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 www.wienet.org WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wininpa.coin (530) 66I-9591 WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-15 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 www.iccsafe.org (703) 931-4533 ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 NEC National Electric Code C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers www.usace.army.mil CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.ril DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-16 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY _SECTION 01 42 00 Ithaca, New York REFERENCES GSA General Services Administration \ 'ww.gsa.go v HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development www.hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory www.lbi.gov NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Prograin (See TRB) N1.ST National Institute of Standards and Technology www,nistegov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration www.osha.gov (800) 488-3111 (202) 708-1112 (510) 486-4000 (301) 975-6478 (800) 321-6742 (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Building Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.osophs.dhhs,gov/ophs RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 www.nas. edu/trb USDA Department of Agriculture www.usda.gov USPS Postal Service www.usps.cozn 2.0 PRODUCTS - NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION ® NOT USED "*"END OF SECTION 0142 00""hX (202) 720-2791 (202) 268-2000 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE REFERENCES 01 42 00-17 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 C O RNE L L UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New Vol SECTION 01 45 00 QUA TY CONTROL LO GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain an effective Contractor Quality Control (CQC) program and perform sufficient inspections and tests of all items of work, including those of Subcontractors, to ensure compliance with Contract Documents. Include surveillance and tests specified in the technical sections of the Specifications. Furnish appropriate facilities, instruments, and testing devices required for performance of the quality control function. Controls must be adequate to cover construction operations and be keyed to the construction sequence. Construction shall not begin until the Owner has approved the CQC program. L2 CONTROL OF ON-SITE CONSTRUCTION A. Include a control system for the following phases of inspection: 1. Pre -Installation Meeting. For all sections where pre -installations are defined, the Contractor shall arrange for a pre -installation meeting. When practical, pre- installation meetings shall be scheduled to take place on the same day as regularly schedule progress meetings. The Contractor shall make available, during this meeting, all approved submittals and products. a. Agenda to include the following: i. Appointment ii. Appointment of official representatives of participants in the Project. iii. Review of existing conditions and affected work, and testing thereof as required. iv. Review of installation procedures and requirements. v. Review of environmental and site condition requirements. vi. Schedule of the applicable portions of the Work. vii. Schedule of submission of samples, color chips, and items for Owners consideration. viii. Requirements for temporary facilities, site sign, offices, storage sheds, utilities, fences, Section 01500. ix. Requirements for notification for reviews. Allow a minimum of 48 hour notice to Architect for review of the Work. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE QUALITY CONTROL 0145 004 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 00 Ithaca, New York QUALITY CONTROL x. Requirements for inspections and tests, as applicable. Schedule and undertake inspections and tests in accordance with Section 01410. xi. Delivery schedule of specified equipment. xii. Special safety requirements and procedures. b. The following minimum personnel shall be at the meeting: r. Project Manager. ii. Project Field Supervisor iii. Subcontractor iv. Architect's Representative v. Owner' s Representative vi. Commissioning Agent, when applicable vii. Testing Agency, when applicable 2. Preparatory Inspection. Perform this inspection prior to beginning work on any definable feature of work. Include a review of contract requirements with the supervisors directly responsible for the performance of the work; check to assure that materials, products, and equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved; check to assure that provisions have been made for required control testing; examine the work area to ascertain that preliminary work has been completed; physically examine materials and equipment to assure that they conform to shop drawings and data and that the materials and equipment are on hand. 3. Initial Inspection. Perforin this inspection as soon as work commences on a representative portion of a particular feature of workmanship review control testing for compliance with contract requirements. 4. Follow-up Inspections. Perform these inspections on' a regular basis to assure continuing compliance with contract requirements until completion of that particular work. 1.3 CONTROL OF OFF-SITE OPERATIONS A. Perform factory quality control inspections for items fabricated or assembled off-site as opposed to "off-the-shelf' items. The CQC Representative at the fabricating plant shall be responsible for release of the fabricated items for shipment to the job site. The CQC Representative at the job site shall receive the item and note any damage incurred during shipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting and maintaining the item in good condition throughout the period of on-site and during erection or installation. Although any item found to be faulty may be rejected before its use, final acceptance of an item by the Owner is based on its satisfactory incorporation into the work and acceptance of the completed project. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELLUNIVERSITY �_. SECTION 01 45 00 Ithaca, New York L4 TESTING QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner may engage the services of an independent testing laboratory to confirm that an installed item or element of work conforms to the Specification and workmanship requirements. L5 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The Owner shall designate a Representative to monitor the progress and execution of the work. The Representative shall have the authority to call for test samples, to approve or to reject work performed and to stop work in progress, if, in its opinion, the work is not in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Representative shall not be authorized to make changes or interpretations of the Contract Documents. 1, The Contractor shall maintain a project Deficiency/Issues Log in e -Builder to track non -conforming materials or sub -standard workmanship identified by Owner's Representative. 2M PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3,0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ****END OF SECTION 01 45 00*yr-° TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE QUALITY CONTROL 01 45 00-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 i CORNELL UNIVERSITY ... �__....— SECTION 01 45 29 Ithaca, New York TESTING LAPOR&TORY SERVICES SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.0 GENERAL 1I DESCRIPT ON A. The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to perforin specified services. 1. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the execution of its required services. 2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to perform the Work of the Contract. B. Testing Laboratory services are specified in connection with work including but not limited to the following: 1. New York State Building Code, Chapter 17, Special Inspections 2. Excavating, Filling & Grading: Section 31 20 00. 3. Concrete Reinforcement: Section 03 30 00. 4. Cast -in-place Concrete: Section 03 30 00 and 03 13 16. 1.2 UALI ICATIONS O LABORATOR ' A. Meet 'Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification", latest edition, published by Arnerican Council of Independent Laboratories. B. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329 -05b, "Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing ". C. Authorized to operate in the State of New York. D. Testing and inspections shall be performed under the direction of Licensed Professional Engineer registered in the State of New York who shall be responsible for administering all testing and inspections and shall certify any local agency requirements. E. Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during the most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 294 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145.29 Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES F. Testing Equipment: 1. Calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: a. National Bureau of Standards b. Accepted values of natural physical constants. 2. Submit copy of certificate of calibration made by accredited calibration agency. 1.3 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with Owner, Architect and Contractor; provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. B. Perforin specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction. 1. Comply with specified standards, ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as specified. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify Owner, Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of work or products. D. Should Laboratory tests of material performed at specified intervals of time indicate that strengths do not meet Specification requirements, the Inspection Agency and Geotechnical Engineer shall IMMEDIATELY notify the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. The Architect shall determine whether remedial action is necessary. E. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; one copy each to Architect, Owner, Contractor, and one copy to Record Documents File. Each report shall include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing laboratory name, address and telephone number. 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in the Project. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Observations on compliance with Contract Documents, SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES F. Prepare a summary report for each category of inspection certifying that the work has been inspected and meets the Contract Documents. Specifically list all discrepancies found which have not yet been repaired or resolved. G. Perform additional tests as required.by Architect or the Owner. i a4 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY Y OF TESTING LABORATORY A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1, Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Perforin any duties of the Contractor. L5 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel. Provide access to Work, and Manufacturer's operations. B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed to be used and for which testing is specified. C. Provide to the laboratory the approved design mixes proposed to be used for concrete, and other material mixes which require control by the testing laboratory. D. Furnish copies of Products test reports as required. E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For Laboratory's exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples. F. Notify laboratory a minimum of 24 hours in advance of operations to allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, reimburse laboratory for personnel and travel expenses incurred due to Contractor's responsibility. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TESTING LAI3ORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 29 Ithaca, New York TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES G. Make arrangements with laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor's convenience. H. Employ and pay for the services of a separate, equally qualified independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION -- NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 0145 29*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 45 29-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 COMM, EJN1VERSITV Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 45 33 CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 1NS_ �ISPI✓C'TIONS AND PROCEDURES SECTION 01 45 33 CO -E I SQUIRED SP C I_AL INSPEC`T'IONS AND PROCEDURES LO GENERAL 1,1 REQUIREMENTS A. Special Inspections and Structural Testing shall be in accordance with Chapter 17 of the Building Code ofAreiv York. State (BCNYS). B. Hold a Special Inspections preconstruction meeting at least seven (7) days prior to the initial planned date for start of construction. 1. Discussion shall include the following: a. Review of specifications and Schedule of Special Inspections for work requiring Special Inspections. b. Responsibilities of Contractor, Owner, Testing Agency, Special Inspector, and Registered Design Professional. c, Notification and reporting procedures. 2. Attendees shall include the Contractor, Owner's representative, Testing Agency, Special Inspector, and Registered Design Professionals for Structural Engineering and for Architecture. 1,2 DEFINITIONS A. Registered Design Professional: The licensed Professional Engineer or Registered Architect whose seal appears on the Construction Drawings. B. Code Enforcement Official: The Officer or other designated authority charged with administration and enforcement of the BCNYS, C. Testing/Inspecting Agency: An agent retained by the Special Inspector or by the Owner and coordinated by the Special Inspector, to perform some of the inspection services on behalf of the Special Inspector. (An example of an Inspecting Agent is a Geotechnical Engineer.) D. Statement of Special Inspections: A document prepared by the Registered Design Professional and filed with and approved by the Code Enforcement Official that includes the Schedule of Special Inspections listing the materials and work requiring Special Inspections. This document includes the inspections and verifications required for the project and the individuals, agencies, and/or firms who will be retained to perform these services. E. Continuous Special Inspection: The full-time observation of work by the Special Inspector or Testing Agency while the work is being performed. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 4S 33-1 INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 33 Ithaca, New York CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES F. Periodic Special Inspections: The part-time or intermittent observation of work by the Special Inspector or Testing Agency for work that has been or is being performed and at the completion of the work. 13 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency shall be accepted by the Owner. B. Special Inspections shall be performed by agents who have relevant experience for each category of inspections indicated on the drawings. C. Minimum qualifications of inspection agents are indicated on the drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. The Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency shall subunit to the Registered Design Professional and Code Enforcement Official for review, a copy of their qualifications including the names and qualifications of each of the individual inspectors and technicians who will be performing inspections or tests. B. The Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency shall disclose any past or present business relationship or potential conflict of interest with the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors whose work will be inspected or tested. 1.5 PAYMENT A. The Owner will engage and pay for the services of the Special Inspector and Testing/Inspecting Agency. B. If any materials requiring Special Inspections are fabricated in a plant not located within 200 miles of the project site, the Contractor shall be responsible for the travel expenses of the Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting or re -inspection of work failing to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.6 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Owner will provide the Special Inspector with a complete set of Contract Documents sealed by the Registered Design Professional and approved by the Code Enforcement Official. 1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Special Inspector and his agents so that Special Inspections and testing may be performed without hindrance. B. As indicated in the Schedule of Special Inspections, the Contractor shall notify the Special Inspector and/or Testing/Inspecting Agency at least 48 hours in advance of a required inspection or test. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 45 33 Ithaca, New York CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES C. The Contractor shall provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the work to be inspected or tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, and for storage and curing of test samples. D. If Special inspections or testing require the use of the Contractor's scaffolding to access work areas, the Contractor shall provide a competent person to perforin the daily evaluation of the scaffolding to verify that it is safe to use. The Contractor shall notify the Special Inspector and Testing Agent of this review before each use. The Contractor is responsible for the safe assembly and stability of the scaffolding. E. The Contractor shall keep the latest set of Construction Drawings, field sketches, accepted shop drawings, and specifications at the project site for field use by the Inspectors and Testing Technicians. F. The Contractor shall perform remedial work (if required) and sign non-conformance reports stating that remedial work has been completed. The Contractor shall submit signed reports to the Special Inspector as work proceeds. G, The Special Inspection program shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligation to perform work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or from implementing an effective Quality Control program. H. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction site safety. L8 LIMITS ON AUTHORITY A. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not have control over the Contractor's means and methods of construction. C. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not be responsible for construction site safety. D. The Special Inspector or Testing/Inspecting Agency shall not have the authority to stop the work. 2.0 INSPECTIONS AND TESTING 2.1 SOILS A. The Special Inspector shall perform the following: 1. Inspect soils below footings for adequate bearing capacity. 2. Inspect removal of unsuitable material and preparation of subgrade prior to placement of controlled fill 3. Perform sieve tests (ASTM D422 & D1140) and modified Proctor tests (ASTM D1557) of each source of fill material. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-3 INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 33 Ithaca, New York CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 4. Inspect placement, lift thickness and compaction of controlled fill. 5. Test density of each lift of fill by nuclear methods (ASTM D2922) 6. Verify extent and slope of fill placement. 2.2 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. The Special Inspector shall perform the following: 1. Inspect reinforcing steel and placement. 2. Inspect embedded bolts and anchor rods prior to concrete placement. B. The Testing Agency shall perform the following: 1. Verify the use of the required design mix. Sample and test concrete during placement as follows (tests shall be taken at point of discharge into structure): a. Record specific location(s) where the concrete was placed. b. Record time concrete is batched as shown on truck ticket, time placement begins/sample time, and time truck is emptied. c. Sample fresh concrete in accordance with ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. d. Perform slump test in accordance with ASTM C 143. e. Measure air content in accordance with ASTM C 231, pressure method, one for each truckload of ready -mixed concrete (air -entrained or non -air -entrained). f. Record temperature of concrete for each truck. Test in-place concrete temperature hourly when ambient temperature is 40 degrees F and below and when 80 degrees F and above. g. Record air temperature and general weather conditions (cloudy, windy, sunny, etc.). h. Density (Unit Weight): ASTM C 138/C 138M, fresh unit weight of concrete. Two tests per truck load; one at beginning of pour and near end of pour. i, Perform concrete compressive tests as follows: Prepare compressive test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 31. Store undisturbed in an insulated box during cold weather. Deliver to laboratory between 16 and 32 hours after making. Perform compressive tests in accordance with ASTM C 39: two specimens tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and two specimens retained in reserve for later testing if required. j. Perform additional testing as follows if required: TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-4 INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February 25, 2016 COlNELL UNIVERSITY .._.........r. SECTION 01 45 33 Ithaca, New York CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES Take an additional set of cylinders for compressive strength testing for each truck in which the total time period between batching and completion of placement has exceeded the AC1. recommended 90 -minute - maximum time limit and is likely to exceed 120 minutes. Additional cylinders shall be taken within 10 minutes of placement completion. ii. Make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and/or other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, iii. Perform tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods acceptable to Architect, iv. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the costs of additional tests. 3. Inspect concrete placement for proper application techniques. 4. Inspect for maintenance of specified curing temperature and techniques. 3.0 DOCUMENTATION 3.1 RECORDS AND REPORTS A. Detailed reports shall be prepared of each test or inspection. The reports shall include the following general information: 1. Project name and number. 2. Date of test or inspection. 3. Name of Testing Agency or Inspecting Agency. 4. Name of technician or inspector. 5. Weather conditions. 6. Locations and elevations of specific areas tested or inspected referenced to gridlines. 7. Description of test or inspection. 8. Reference to applicable ASTM standard. 9. Summary of observations, results, and recommendations. 10. Description of any areas or materials requiring retesting or re -inspection. B, Concrete compressive strength test reports shall contain the following information: 1. Name of Contractor and concrete supplier. 2. Name of concrete testing service. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 0145 33-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0145 33 Ithaca, New York CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 3. Name of technician making and testing specimens. 4. Truck number and delivery ticket number. 5. Date and location within the structure of concrete placement. 6. Concrete type, class, mix proportions of materials, and design compressive strength at 28 days. 7. Slump, air content, unit weight, and concrete temperature. 8. Total time period between hatching and completion of placement for each truck. 9. Compressive strength and type of break for all tests. C. Field reports for concrete inspection shall contain the general information noted above, plus ambient temperature and cylinder numbers. D. Test reports for masonry materials shall include proportions, composition, and compressive strength. 3.2 COMMUNICATION A. The Testing/Inspecting Agency shall immediately notify the Owner, Contractor, Special Inspector, and Registered Design Professional by telephone, fax, or email of any test results failing to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The Special Inspector shall immediately notify the Contractor of any work found to be in nonconformance with the Contract Documents during inspections. If the nonconforming work is not corrected while the Special Inspector is on-site, the Special Inspector shall notify the Owner and Registered Design Professional within 24 hours (one business day) and issue a nonconformance report. The Special. Inspector may use the Special Inspection Non -Conformance Report form at the end of this section or other similar fonn. C. If the nonconforming work is not corrected at the time of substantial completion of the structure or other appropriate time, the Special Inspector shall notify the Owner. 3.3 DISTRIBUTION OF REPORTS A. The Testing/Inspecting Agency shall submit reports to the Owner, Special Inspector and the Registered Design Professional within seven (7) days of the inspection or test. Legible handwritten reports may be submitted if final typed copies are not available. B. The Special Inspector shall submit reports to the Owner and Registered Design Professional within seven (7) days of the inspections. Legible handwritten reports may be submitted if final typed copies are not available. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-5 INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSIT Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 45 33 CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES C. If requested by the Code Enforcement Official, the Special Inspector shall submit interim reports which include all inspections and tests performed since the beginning of construction or since the previous interim report, Interim reports shall be addressed to the Code Enforcement Official with copies sent to the Registered Design Professionals (Structural Engineer and Architect) and Contractor. Interim reports shall be signed by the agent performing inspections. 3.4 FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. At the completion of work, each Testing/Inspecting Agency shall submit an Agent's Final Report of Special Inspections to the Special Inspector stating that work was completed in substantial conformance with the Contract Documents and that appropriate inspections and tests were performed. The Testing/Inspecting Agency may use the Agent's Final Report of Special Inspections form provided at the end of this section or other similar forirn.At the completion of work, the Special Inspector shall compile ail inspection and test reports generated by each Agent into a Final Report of Special Inspections. The Final Report of Special Inspections shall state that required inspections have been performed and shall itemize any nonconforming work not corrected or resolved. B. The Special Inspector may use the Final Report of Special Inspections form provided at the end of this section or other similar foam based on CASE Form 102-2001. C. The Special Inspector shall submit The Final Report of Special Inspections to the Owner, Registered Design Professional and Code Enforcement Official prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 0145 33-7 February 25, 2016 DATE: TO: CC: FROM: PROJECT: SPECIAL INSPECTION NON-CONFORMANCE REPORT NO. Contractor: , Special Inspector PART 1: REFERENCE SPECIAL INSPECTION REPORT NO. (Attach copy of report) DESCRIPTION OF NON-CONFORMANCE: RDP RESPONSE: (PROVIDE ATTACHMENTS IF NECESSARY) RDP SIGNATURE DATE IS RE -INSPECTION BY SPECIAL INSPECTOR REQUIRED o YES ❑ NO PART II: CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION (To be completed by either the [General Contractor or Construction Manager] or Subcontractor and returned to the Special Inspector and the RDP.) I verify that as of the date listed, the non -conforming item noted above has been corrected as required. Date Completed By (Contractor's Site Representative) TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February 25, 2016 AGENT'S FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS Project Name: Location: Special inspector's Project: Agent's Project: Special Inspector: Agent; To the best of my information, knowledge, and belief, the Special Inspections or testing required for this project and designated for this Agent in the Statement of Special Inspections (which includes the Schedule of Special Inspections) submitted for permit have been performed and discovered discrepancies have been reported and resolved other than the following: Comments: [Attach corrfinuatiOn sheets if required to complete description of uncorrected discrepancies.] Respectfully submitted, Agent of the Special Inspector (Type or print name) Signature Date Address City, State, Zip Design Professional Seal or Certification TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES 0145 33-9 February 25, 2016 Project Name: Location: FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS Owner: CORNELL UNIVERSITY Owner's Address: Registered Design Professionals Architecture: Nwiie Address -Structural Engineering: Nwne Address Special Inspector: Ncune Address To the best of my information, knowledge, and belief, the Special Inspections required for this project and itemized in the Statement of Special Inspections (which includes the Schedule of Special Inspections) submitted for permit have been performed and discovered discrepancies have been reported and resolved other than the following: Comments: [Attach continuation sheets if required to complete description of uncorrected discrepancies] Interim reports submitted prior to this final report form a basis for and are to be considered an integral part of this final report. Agent's Final Reports of Special Inspections are attached and are also a part of this Final Report. Respectfully submitted, Special Inspector (Type or print name) Signature Date ***END OF SECTION 0145 33*** Professional Seal TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR CODE -REQUIRED SPECIAL 01 45 33-10 INSPECTIONS AND PROCEDURES February= 25, 2016 CORiVE' LL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS LO GENERAL 1PI DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all temporary facilities and. services of every kind, as required by the Contractor and by its subcontractors for their performance of the Work and compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall remove such facilities and complete such services upon the completion of all other work, or as Connell University may direct. B. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits and approvals for and shall provide, construct, or install, as well as operate, maintain, service and remove temporary facilities and services. L2 REOUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations. 2,0 PRODUCTS 2A MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Choice of materials, as suitable for the accomplishment of the intended purpose, is the Contractor's option. B. Materials may be new or used, but must not violate requirements of applicable codes, standards and specifications. 2.2 TEMPORARY FIRST AID FACILITIES A. Provide first aid equipment and supplies, with qualified personnel continuously available to render first aid at the site, B. Provide a sign, posted at the telephone, listing the telephone numbers for emergency medical services: Physicians, ambulance services and hospitals. 23 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide a fire protection and prevention programa for employees and personnel at the site. Comply with NFPA 241. Develop, manage, and supervise an overall fire -prevention and - protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND CONTROLS 0150 004 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS B. Equipment: 1. Provide and maintain fire extinguishing equipment ready for instant use at all areas of the Project and at specific areas of critical fire hazard. 2. Hand extinguishers of the types and sizes recommended by the National Board of Fire Underwriters to control fires from particular hazards. 3. Construction period use of permanent fire protection system. 4. Water hoses connected to an adequate water pressure and supply system to reach each area or level of construction upon building enclosure or heating of the building. 5. Maintain existing standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Provide additional temporary hoses where required to comply with requirements. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire -protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. Provide hoses of sufficient length to protect construction areas. 6. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, Siamese connections, standpipes, temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. 7. Where existing or temporary fire protection services are being replaced with new fire protection services, do not remove or impair existing or temporary services until new services are placed into operation and use. 8. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire - protection facility and systems, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. Protect and maintain permanent fire protection system. Repair or replace any components damaged during construction. C. Enforce fire -safety discipline: 1. Store combustible and volatile materials in .an isolated, protected location. 2. Avoid accumulations of flammable debris and waste in or about the Project. 3. Prohibit smoking in the vicinity of hazardous conditions. 4. There is NO SMOKING allowed on construction sites located in any occupied building. Smoking is prohibited in all Cornell University buildings. 5. Closely supervise welding and torch -cutting operations in the vicinity of combustible materials and volatile conditions. 6. Supervise locations and operations of portable heating units and fuel. D. Maintain fire extinguishing equipment in working condition, with current inspection certificate attached to each extinguisher. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND CONTROLS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca,New York ... '�E,M�`OL��' FACILITIES �.�, AND CONTROLS E. Welding or burning operations shall be conducted under a 1 -lot Work Permit issued in accordance with Section 01 41 00. Where such work is permitted, the Contractor shall provide an approved fire extinguisher in good operating condition within easy reach of the operating personnel. in each instance, obtain prior approval of Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety. F. Advise Cornell University Environmental Health & Safety of any items affecting Life Safety, e.g., road blockages, exit closing, etc. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required to assure safety for personnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; Scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs, ramps, runways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes and other such equipment, B. When permanent stair framing is in place, provide temporary treads, platforms and railings, for use by construction personnel. C. Maintain all equipment in a safe condition. 2.5 SUPPORTS A. The Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all supports, beams, angles, hangers, rods, bases, braces, etc. to properly support the Contract Work. All supports, etc. shall meet the approval of the Architect. B. Any and all supports that are of "custom" fabrication or installation shall be designed by the Contractor's NYS licensed PE with stamped & signed shop drawings and calculations provided for same. 2e6 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather -tight enclosure for building exterior, maintain in-place until installation of permanent enclosures. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure of exterior walls as work progresses for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities, and as necessary to provide acceptable working conditions, provide weather protection for interior materials, provide weather protection for occupied areas, allow for effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. 1. Provide temporary exterior doors with self-closing hardware and padlocks or locksets. 2. Other enclosures shall be removable as necessary for work and for handling of materials. 3. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND CONTROLS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 4. Coordinate enclosure with ventilation requirements, material drying or curing requirements, and specified environmental limitations to avoid dangerous or detrimental conditions and effects. B. Provide temporary enclosures to separate work areas from areas of the existing building occupied by Owner; to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect Owner's employees and operations from construction work. 1. Temporary partition and ceiling enclosures: Framing and sheet materials which comply with structural and fire rating requirements of applicable codes and standards. a. Close joints between sheet materials, and seal edges and intersections with existing surfaces, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture. b. In locations where fire protection is required, paint both sides of partitions and ceilings with fire -retardant paint as required by local fire regulations. 2. Do not remove existing exterior enclosure systems until new exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing exterior enclosure systems as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new exterior enclosure systems and complete installation as soon as possible. 3. Do not remove existing HVAC systems connected to louvers at existing exterior enclosure systems until new HVAC systems and louvers at exterior enclosure systems are ready for installation. Complete removal of existing HVAC systems and louvers as soon as possible. Immediately after completing removal, install new HVAC systems and new louvers and complete installation as soon as possible. 2.7 TEMPORARY WATER CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and operate pumps required to keep the Work free of water at all times. B. Dispose of all water with due care and shall not infringe on the rights of others on the Site, of adjacent property owners and of the public. All cost in connection with the removal of such water shall be paid by the Contractor 2.8 TREE, PLANT AND LAWN PROTECTION A. Preserve and protect existing trees, plants and lawns at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site. B. Consult with Owner, and remove agreed -on roots and branches which interfere with construction. 1. Employ qualified tree surgeon to remove, and to treat cuts. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND CONTROLS February 25, 2016 COI ELL UNIVERSITY .LL.. SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS C. Provide temporary fences to a height of six feet, around each, or around each group of trees and plants. Provide temporary lawn protection to prevent soil compaction. Reference Cornell University Design Standards and Details: 1.8.3 - Tree Pence Detail D, Protect root zones of trees, plants and lawn areas: 1. Do not allow vehicular traffic or parking, 2. Do not store materials or products. 3. Prevent dumping of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids. 4. Prevent puddling or continuous running water. E. Carefully supervise excavating, grading and filling, and subsequent construction operations to prevent damage. F. Replace, or suitably repair, trees, plants and lawn areas designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. G. Roots 2 inches or larger that are damaged or cut during construction are to be sawed off close to the tree side of the excavation. H. During the leafing -out period in the spring, extra care should be exercised to reduce root damage such as keeping exposed roots wet, saturating soil when backfilling around roots, and backfilling as soon as possible. 1. Trees damaged during construction should be fertilized according to standard tree maintenance practices. J. If roots are cut back as a result of construction, proper pruning standards should be applied to compensate for root loss, while maintaining the natural character of the tree. 2.9 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES A. Provide guardrails, barricades, fences, footways, tunnels and other devices necessary to protect personnel and employees at the site, and the public, against hazards on or adjacent to the construction site. 1. Provide signs, warning lights, signals, flags and illumination as necessary to alert persons to hazards and to provide safe, adequate visibility in areas of hazards. 2, Closed sidewalks need to be indicated with OSHA -approved signs, as well as, proper barricades. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES 0150 00-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND CONTROLS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2.10 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Provide adequate temporary roads and walks to achieve all-weather access into the site from public thoroughfares, and within and adjacent to the site as necessary to provide uninten-upted access to field offices, work and storage areas. B. Grade and provide drainage facilities to assure runoff of rainwater and to avoid blockage of flow from adjacent areas. C. During dry weather wet down temporary unpaved areas when necessary to prevent blowing dust. 2.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. No signs to be displayed at the project site, unless authorized by the Owner. 2.12 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide security services as required to protect the interests of the Owner. 2.13 FIELD OFFICES A. The Owner shall designate a space within the facility to serve as a field office for the use of the Contractor and Owner. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Consult with Owner, review site conditions and factors which affect construction procedures and temporary facilities, including adjacent properties and public facilities which may be affected by execution of the work. 1. Designate the locations and extent of temporary construction, storage, and other temporary facilities and controls requiredfor the expeditious accomplishrnent of the Work. 2. Allow space for use of the site by Owner and by other contractors, as required by Contract Documents. 3.2 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable requirements specified in sections of Division 02 through 40. B. Make work structurally, mechanically and electrically sound throughout. C. Install work in a neat and orderly manner. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-6 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND CONTROLS February 25, 2016 CORNS LL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 50 00 Ithaca, NeW -._ - . .. -�.. __...,�.x...�..._�_..�,��.. _... a ...... _. a York TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS D. Maintain, clean, service and repair facilities to provide continuous usage, and to the duality specified for the original installation. F. Relocate facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate requirements of Owner and other contractors employed at the site. F. Keep the site, at all times during the progress of the Work, free from accumulation of waste natter or rubbish and shall confine its apparatus, materials and operations of its workers to the limits prescribed except as the latter may be extended with the approval of the Owner's Representative. Cleaning of the structure or structures must be performed daily and removal of waste matter or rubbish must be performed at least once a week. G. Contractor shall at all times keep access road and public roads clean of mud and construction debris and maintain dust control to the satisfaction of the Owner. 3.3 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary structures, materials, equipment and services: 1. When construction needs can be met by use of permanent construction. 2. At completion of the Project. B. Repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary facilities. Clean after removal. C. Restore existing or permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to specified, or to original condition. 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for tenlporazy construction and utilities. 2. Grade the areas of the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes, and clean the area. ***END OF SECTION 01 50 00*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 50 00-7 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND CONTROLS February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES SECTION 01 51 00 TEMPORARY UTILITIES ................ 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain tcrrrporaay utilities required by all trades for construction. Remove on completion of Work. B. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials for temporary connections and distribution. L2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with National Electric Code, current edition. B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and safety regulations and with utility company requirements. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate requirements of applicable codes and standards. 2.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY. LIGHTING AND WATER A. The Contractor shall have access to the Owner's water and electric power for constructing the Work. Temporary utility connections shall be made by the Contractor as close to its operations as possible as long as such connections do not over -load the capacity of the Owner's utilities or interfere with its customary utilization thereof. Utility access points shall be determined in cooperation with and acceptable to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the economic use of the Owner's Water and Power. The Owner will pay for the water and power consumed in the construction of the Work as long as economical usage of these utilities is maintained. The Owner reserves the right to meter and charge for the power and water consumed if in the opinion of the Owner the usage of these utilities is not economically conducted by the Contractor. In such an event, the Owner shall give three (3) days written notice to the Contractor of its intentions to meter and charge for temporary utilities used by the Contractor. C. All temporary power systems including wiring shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-1 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0151 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES D. The minimum temporary lighting to be provided is at the rate of fifty foot candles, is to be maintained in each room and changed as required when interior walls are being erected. The required temporary lighting must be maintained for twenty-four (24) hours a day and seven (7) days a week at all stair levels and in all corridors below ground; in any and all egress; in all other spaces temporary lighting is to be maintained only during working hours. All temporary wiring and equiprnent shall be in conforniity with the National Electric Code. E. The minimum temporary outdoor security lighting to be provided is as follows: 1. Along the perimeter of the site fence, consisting of vandal -resistant light fixtures with HID lamps, located 150 foot center, mounted on the inside of the construction fence. 2. Lighting for temporary pedestrian paths and roadways, to provide a minimum of 0.1 foot-candle on the path of travel. F. Three-phase temporary power circuits shall be installed as required to operate construction equipment of the various trades and to Install and test equipment such as pumps and elevators. The Contractor shall install and maintain temporary or permanent service for the permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps, boilers, boiler controls, fans, pumps, so that such equipment may be operated when required and so ordered by the Owner's Representative for drainage or for temporary heat. G. Exceptas otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner or the Owner's Representative for approval a proposed schedule of all utility shutdowns and cutovers of all types which may be required in connection with the Work. Such schedule shall provide a minimum of four (4) weeks advance notice to the Owner prior to the time of the proposed shutdown and cutover. The Contractor shall be responsible for all charges relating to shutdowns. H. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal The Contractor shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the Work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby. 2. Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, and shall restore the Site and the Work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. 2.3 TEMPORARY CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Site Superintendent or their Representative shall carry a cellular telephone at all times and inform Owner of number. 2.4 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide adequate toilet and washing facilities for the use of personneland employees; locate convenient to work stations. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY UTILITIES 0151 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 51 00 Ithaca, New York TEMPORARY UTILITIES B. Existing p.lumbina' facilities shall not be used by construction personnel. C. Facilities may be portable chemical -type toilets or temporary flush toilets connected to sanitary sewer, screened for privacy. D. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures in a neat, clean and sanitary condition. 3M EXECUTION 3a1 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by teinporaiy installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing and permanent facilities used for temporary services to specified, or to original, condition. ***END OF SECTION 01 51 00*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 51 00-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT C 'NTROL SECTIO I 7 01 57 13 SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL LO GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and implementing an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. B. This Section describes minimum standards for the prevention and control of erosion during the construction process and may not be sufficient for all sites. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the means and methods of preventing erosion and may be required to employ additional means and methods as required to prevent violations of local, state, or federal standards. L2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, as specified herein. B. Refer to Section 01 33 00 — Submittal Procedures. 1.3 PLAN AND IMPLEMENTATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Plan shall comply with design specifications in the New York Guidelines for Urban Erosion and Sediment Control, NYS Stormwater Management Design Manual, NYSDEC Technical and Operational Guidance Series, good engineering practices, and this Section. B. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Environmental Health and Safety Office, and implemented prior to any site work. C. Maintain Erosion and Sediment Control measures throughout the course of site construction activities until vegetative growth is established to the Owner's satisfaction, D. At conclusion of the Project, remove all remaining temporary erosion control structures and properly dispose of accumulated sediment on-site in areas approved by the Owner. 1.4 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS A. At no time shall construction operations or any related disturbance of the site result in the impairment of local waterways. "Impairment" is defined by regulations as including, but not limited to, the following: 1. The release of water into receiving waters that causes a substantial visible contrast to natural conditions; or 2. The deposition of significant sediment into such waters. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SOIL EROSION AND WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 57 134 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 5713 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL B. Such deficiencies shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor to prevent further impairment. C. In addition, and without notice to the Contractor, the Owner shall also have the right, based on the Owner's independent assessment, to stop work or engage other contractor(s) to construct or correct such work as may be necessary to prevent the impairment of waterways, and to charge all costs related to such corrective or additional actions against the Contract. D. Acceptance of an Erosion and Sediment Control plan shall not in any way imply that the plan will be adequate in preventing impairment of waters, or that maintenance and modification will not be necessary. Rather, acceptance of the plan authorizes the Contractor to begin installation of the control measures under the assumption the appropriate maintenance and modification will be required throughout the life of the project to meet the project requirements. E. The Contractor's responsibilities under this Section shall end upon final completion and payment of the Work of the entire Contract. 1.5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN COMPONENTS A. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan submitted shall specifically address project measures, features, and areas critical to proper site erosion and sediment control. The Plan shall specifically include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Site Map, to scale; 2. Measures to prevent stormwater from running onto the disturbed areas of the site; 3. Inlet protection for storm sewers and catch basins; 4. Measures to be used for dewatering; and 5. Measures to be used for soil stabilization, runoff control, and sediment control, including specific measures for the following: a. Site entrance stabilization b. Staging areas c. Material and soil stock piles d. Concrete curing operations e. Disturbed areas of the site In addition to the requirements included in these specifications, specific erosion control measures shown on the Contract Drawings, if any, shall also be required. B. All features shall be designed and installed in accordance with the references included in Paragraph 1.3 -- Plan and Implementation General Requirements of this Section. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SOIL EROSION AND 01 57 13-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR SEDIMENT CONTROL February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 57 13 Ithaca, New York SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL C. Keep access roads and public roads clear of mud and construction debris at all times. Maintain dust control measures throughout construction. 1.6 INSPECTIONS A. At the sole discretion of the Owner, inspections may be performed by a third party or on - staff representative of the Owner. . The Owner may inspect the site at any time, without prior notification, for• compliance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and applicable local, state and federal regulations. Any instances of non -compliances or failure to meet the performance standards found must be resolved within 24 hours, with more immediate responses as required to mitigate active erosion during storm events or similar instances. Modify the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan as necessary, to provide full compliance with the performance standards. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ""END OF SECTION 01 57 13* TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SOIL EROSION AND WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-3 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY x..� SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 66 00 STORAGE AND PROTECTION L0 GENERAL LI DESCRIPTION STORAGE AND .PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall receive, pile, store and handle all materials, equipment and other items incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work, including items furnished by the Owner in a careful and prudent manner and shall protect them against loss or damage from every source. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obscuring from public view, in a manner acceptable to the Owner, staging and storage areas, 1.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. B. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction space. C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minirnunn holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. D. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installation. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct and products are undamaged. F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement or dainage. 1.3 ON -.SITE STORAGE A. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly piled and protected, and shall be stored in a neat and orderly manner in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the Institution. B. Materials subject to weather darnage shall be protected against the weather by floored weatherproof temporary storage sheds. C. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather -protection requirements for storage. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE STORAGE AND PROTECTION WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 01 66 00=1 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION D. Storage piles and sheds shall be located within the area designated as the Staging Area. The Contractor shall work to insure that the condition of the staging area has no negative impact on the Campus, visually or otherwise; and that outside of that area. The Contractor has no impact at all on the Campus. E. Materials stored within the building shall be distributed in such a manner as to avoid overloading of the structural frame, and never shall be concentrated in such a manner as to exceed the equivalent of 50 pounds per square foot uniformly distributed loading. Stored materials shall be moved if they interfere with the progress of the work. F. Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move stored materials or equipment, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner or the Owner's Representative, shall move such materials or equipment. 1.4 PALM ROAD STORAGE A. All property including construction materials and equipment stored at the Palm Road location shall be stored at the Contractor's sole risk. The Contractor is solely responsible for repair or replacement of property due to any cause of loss. B. The Contractor agrees to hold Cornell harmless from any accident or injury occurring at Palm Road storage site associated with the Contr'actor's storage. C. The Contractor understands that Cornell makes "no" warranty regarding any security at the Palm Road site. D. The Contractor agrees that it is solely responsible for any cleanup of any site contamination caused by the Contractor's storage or storage operations and the Contractor agrees to pay for cleanup of any contamination and restore the site back to the same condition it was found. E. It shall be assumed that the Contractor is responsible for site contamination unless the Contractor has reported condition prior to moving storage materials and equipment onto the site. Each Contractor shall be responsible for their own general area whether defined formally or not but in cases where pollutants have traveled or are found in the public areas used by all contractors, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. If it cannot be determined who is responsible for site contamination after an investigation, all contractors who could be responsible• based upon location of the incident agree to share the expense of cleanup equally. F. No storage of hazardous materials or environmental contaminants is permitted at the Palm Road site. All barrels must have labels affixed identifying contents. 1.5 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide security personnel and adopt other security measures as may be necessary to adequately protect materials and equipment stored at the site. The Contractor shall be obligated to replace or pay for all materials and equipment including items furnished by the Owner which have been damaged or stolen prior to completion of the Work. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 8. Protection of Utilities 1. if during the course of the Project, it is necessary to work adjacent to existing utilities, pipelines, structures and equipment, the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect existing facilities from damage. 2. Locations of utilities as shown on the Contract Documents are approximate only. The Contractor shall excavate or otherwise locate to verify existing utilities in advance of its operation. C. Protective Covering 1. All finished surfaces shall be protected by the Contractor as follows: a. Door and window sills and the jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways or through which material is handled, shalt be cased and protected adequately against possible damage resulting from the conduct of the work of all trades. b. All surfaces shall be clean. and not marred upon delivery of the building to the Owner. The Contractor shall, without extra compensation, replace all blocks, gypsum board, plaster, paint, tile, and all other surfaces, whether• or not protected, which are damaged, and shall refinish (including painting as specified) to satisfaction of Owner. c. Tight wood sheathing shall be laid under any materials that are stored on finished concrete surfaces and planking must be laid before moving any materials over these finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall have rubber tires on wheels. d. Contractor has the responsibility for protection of carpeting and all finish flooring during all phases of the work including after installation. e. All floors exposed to view as a floor finish shall be protected by overlaying with plywood in all areas subject to construction traffic within and without the building, special care shall be taken to protect all stair finish surfaces including but not limited to flooring, wood in -fill stairs, cabinetry, counters, equipment, etc. 1.6 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products, including Owner -provided products, and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations. B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas. C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabins, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel. D. Protect finish floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage: TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE STORAGE AND PROTECTION 01 66 00-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 66 00 Ithaca, New York STORAGE AND PROTECTION 1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot traffic. 2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy objects. 3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of products will occur. E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces: 1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products. 2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas. F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 66 00*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE STORAGE AND PROTECTION 0166 00-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2916 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING SECTION 01 71 23 FIELD ENGINEERING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project. 1. Survey work required in execution of the Project. 2. Verify grades, lines, levels and dimensions shown on Drawings. 3. Lay out Work from established control points and bench marks. 4. Coordinate the Work of all trades. 5. It may be necessary at times to discontinue portions of Contractor's work in order that the Owner's Representative may check measurements or surveys without interruptions or other interferences that night impair the accuracy of the results. At any time, on request of the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall discontinue its work to such extent as may be necessary for this purpose and shall cooperate in all reasonable means to the extent of providing labor, tools, or materials to assist the Owner's Representative in making measurements and surveys. 6. Notwithstanding anything set forth above, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to complete the works within the tolerances of lines and grades as given on the drawings. No direct payment or claim for additional compensation will be allowed the Contractor for any work or delay occasioned by the Owner's Representative establishing or checking lines or grades or making other measurements, and no extension of time will be allowed for such delays. B. Owner's Representative will identify existing control points and property line corner stakes indicated on the drawings, as required. 1.2 QUALIFICATION OF SURVEYOR A. The Surveyor shall be a registered civil engineer or registered land surveyor, licensed in the state in which the Project is located and acceptable to the Owner. 1.3 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are those designated on drawings. B. Locate and protect control points prior to occupation of the site, and preserve all reference points during construction. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE FIELD ENGINEERING WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 01 71 23-1 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0171 23 Ithaca, New York FIELD ENGINEERING 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written approval of the Architect and Owner. 2. Report to Owner when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. 3. Require surveyor to replace reference points which may be lost or destroyed. a. Establish replacements based on original survey control. C. The Contractor shall provide and shall maintain axis lines on each floor and shall establish and shall maintain grade marks 4' 0" above the finished floor on each floor level. D. The Contractor shall furnish such stakes and other required equipment, tools and materials, and all labor as may be required in laying out any part of the Work. 1.4 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Prior to start of construction operations, review and verify figures shown on Drawings and on surveys furnished by Owner. B. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means for site improvements, stakes for grading, fill and topsoil replacement, utility slopes and invert elevations, batter boards for structures, foundations, column locations and floor levels, and controlling lines and levels required for the mechanical and electrical trades. C. From time to time, verify layouts by the same methods. 1.5 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey work as it progresses. 1. Make available to Architect and Owner on request: field books, notes, logs and other data developed in performing survey and control work. 2. Maintain a record plan at field office for the information and use of all parties, recording reference points, control points and bench marks. B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing all dimensions, locations, angles and elevations of construction and turn over to Owner. Submit copies of certified survey in accordance with Section 01 78 39 - Record Documents. C. When all enclosing walls are complete, certify the location and plumb of the walls. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written qualifications of surveyor to Architect and Owner prior to starting survey work. B. Submit name and address of Professional Engineer to the Architect. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 71 23 11E1,D ENGINEERING C. Submit documentation to verify accuracy of field erzgineer-in.g work. D. Submit certificate signed by registered engineer or registered surveyor certifying that elevations and improvements are in conformance, or nonconformance, witli Contract Documents. Indicate on record drawings all variations from Contract Drawings. 2. indicate horizontal locations and elevations of all existing underground utilities encountered during excavation and construction, 2M PRODUCTS — NOT USED 10 EXECUTION -- NOT USED **END OF SECTION 01 71 23*** TEAGLE I_I.ALL GARDEN AVE FIELD ENGINEERING 01 71 23-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING SECTION 0.1 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 1.0 GENERAL 1,1_ DESCRIP'f ION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly. 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work, 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 6. Repair or restore existing or new surfaces and finishes to match adjacent existing or new surfaces and finishes. B. Upon written instructions of the Owner's Representative: 1 Uncover designated portions of Work for Architect's observation of covered work. 2. Remove samples of installed materials for testing beyond that specified. 3. Remove work to provide for the alteration of previously incorrectly installed work. 4. Patch work uncovered or removed. C. Do not damage or endanger any work by cutting or altering the Work or any part thereof. D. Do not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. E. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. F. Openings and Chases I. Build openings, including but not limited to channels, chases and flues as required to complete the Work as set forth in the Contract. 2. After installation and completion of any work for which openings have been provided, build in, over, and around and finish all such openings as required to complete the Work. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-1 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND REPAIRING February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING 3. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, hangers and supports required for the execution of the Work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a written request to the Architect prior to executing any cutting, alteration or excavation which affects the work of the Owner, or which may affect the structural safety of any portion of the Project. Include: 1. Identification of the Project. 2. Description of the affected work. 3. The necessity for doing the cutting, alteration or excavation. 4. The effect on the work of the Owner's property, or on the structural integrity of the Project. 5. Description of the proposed work: a. The scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation. b. Contractor and trades who will execute the work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. The extent of refinishing to be done. 6. Alternatives to cutting, patching or excavation. 7. Designation of the responsibility for the cost of cutting and patching. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. B. Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, submit a request for substitution as specified in Section 01 25 00 Substitutions and Product Options. C. Submit a written notice to the Architect and the Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would change their load -carrying capacity for load -deflection ratio. 1. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements, including but not limited to the following: a. Foundation construction b. Bearing and retaining walls TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND REPAIRING February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY .Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING PATCHING AND REPAIRING c. Structural concrete d. Structural steel and lintels e. Structural decking f. Miscellaneous structural metals g. Exterior wall back-up supports and anchoring systems h. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment supports i. Equipment supports B. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operation life or safety. I. Obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment b. Air or smoke barriers c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers d. Membranes and flashings e. Fire protection systems f. Control systems g. Communication systems h. Electrical wiring systems i. Operating systems of special construction in MEP work C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Owner's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace construction which was cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner at no expense to the Owner. D. Waterproofing and Water Tightness: Do not cut or alter waterproofed walls or floors or any structural members without written permission of the Owner. 1. Waterproofing and Roofing Membranes a. Employ qualified contractors to accomplish all required cutting, patching, or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND REPAIRING February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING b. Before beginning cutting, patching or repairing of existing waterproofing and roofing membranes, obtain approval of all materials, methods and contractor to be used from the Owner and agency, or agencies, holding bond or guarantee/warranty in force for membrane. Water Tightness a. The Contractor shall be responsible for water tightness of product, materials, and workmanship, including work specified to be watertight and inferred by general practice to be watertight. b. All floors (slabs), wails, roof, glazing, windows, doors, sleeves through foundation walls, flashings, and similar items shall be watertight. c. If details or materials shown or specified are felt not satisfactory to produce water tightness, the Contractor shall inform the Owner's Representative before installation and submit proposed substitution or alternative method for review and approval. The Contractor shall execute approved change and make watertight at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any warranties required or existing. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with the Contract Documents for each product involved. B. Use materials identical to in-place or existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of in-place or existing materials, and will match visual appearance of in-place or existing materials. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during: 1. Cutting and patching. 2. Excavation and backfilling. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CUTTING, PATCHING 0173 29-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND REPAIRING February 25, 2016 COIU ELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING, PATCHING ANIS REPAIRING B. After uncovering work, inspect. the conditions affecting the installation of products, or performance of the work. C. Report unsatisfactory or dubious conditions to the Architect in writing; do not proceed with the work until the Architect has provided further instructions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide shoring, bracing and other support as necessary to assure the structural safety of that portion of the Work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage. C. Provide for vertical and lateral support required to protect adjacent buildings and properties. D. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, including but not limited to pumping to maintain excavations free from water. E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods which will assure safety, will be least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction, and will provide proper surfaces to receive new work. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid rnaning existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carbon saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Comply with the requirements of applicable MEP work where cutting and patching of services is required. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CUTTING, PATCHING WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND REPAIRING 01 73 29-5 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0173 29 Ithaca, New York CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Cornply with specified tolerances. 1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adj oining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent finishes: a. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection. b. For an assembly, refinish the entire unit. 4. When patching existing plaster finished walls and partitions, the Contractor shall utilize plaster trim, lath and other metal components to match the integrity of the existing system. All plaster finishes shall match existing finishes so as to provide a uniform visual appearance. 5. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are demolished extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 6. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even - plane surface of uniform appearance. 7. Concrete Masonry Units: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new CMU units matching in-place units for type and size. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place CMU walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 8. Brick and Masonry: Patch walls by toothing-in units using salvaged or new brick and masonry matching in-place brick and masonry units. Match coursing patterns, mortar joint profiles, and other features of in-place brick and masonry walls. Use accessory materials compatible with in-place materials. 9. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-6 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND REPAIRING February 25, 2016 CORNELL, UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 73 29 Ithaca, New York CUFFING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING a, Existing Roofing: Comply with requirements of existing roofing manufacturer for cutting and patching existing roofing system. Provide flashing and trim, base sheets, base flashing, adhesives, insulation, blocking, substrate boards, accessories, and other required items to patch roofing at penetrations and roof- top mounted items. D. Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. 1. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to retrain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations. E. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will assure safety, will prevent settlement or damage to other work. E. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances and finishes. G. Restore work which has been eut or removed; install new products to provide completed work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. H. The Contractor shall replace, repair and patch all surfaces of the ground and of any structure disturbed by its operations and its Work which surfaces and structures are intended to remain even if such operations and work are outside the property lines. Such replacement, repair and patching shall be with like material and shall restore surfaces as they existed. 14 CLEANING A. Clean area and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. B. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. ***END OF SECTION 01 73 29**k TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE CUTTING, PATCHING 01 73 29-7 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR AND REPAIRING February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York N 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT LO GENERAL 1.1 INSPECTIONS A, Substantial Completion: SECTION 01 77 00 OJECT CLOSEOUT 1. Within a minimum of five (5) days prior to substantial completion, when the Work has reached such a point of completion that the building or buildings, equipment and apparatus can be occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor shall conduct a detailed inspection of the Work to ensure that all requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable, Contractor shall prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete, After receipt of the Contractor's initial punch list, the Architect will make an inspection of the Work to determine that the Work is substantially complete and that requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is sufficiently complete and is acceptable for use. The Architect will submit a marked -up list of items to be completed and/or corrected, inclusive of the Contractor's punch list. The Architect shall prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion, on the basis of an inspection, when the Architect has determined that the work is substantially complete. 3. A copy of the report of the inspection will be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. 4. All work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation/Alteration Operating Permit shall be inspected by the Ithaca Fire Department, or if so delegated by the Ithaca Building Department. a. A member of the Ithaca Fire Department shall witness all acceptance or reacceptance testing of work performed under a Fire Protection System Installation Operating Permit. All testing and inspections shall be in compliance with the applicable NFPA codes as referenced by Section 906.1 of the Fire Code of NYS. b. Work classified as a `Repair' under the Existing Building Code does not require the Ithaca Fire Department to witness the testing of the affected systems. Systems that have been repaired must still be tested as required by the Fire Code of NYS and NFPA. c. The Ithaca Fire Department Shall Witness the Acceptance or Reacceptance Testing for the Following Conditions: Testing of any new installation of a fire alarm, fire suppression, or fire detection system as required by the Fire Code of New York State. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-1 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 77 00 Ithaca, New York PROJECT CLOSEOUT - Hydrostatic testing of sprinkler system where the modification affects more than twenty (20) sprinkler heads and the modified area can be isolated from the rest of the system Installation or replacement of a fire pump or drive elements of the fire pump. - A Fire Alarm System with added or deleted components. A Fire Alarm System where the wiring or control circuits have been modified. A Fire Alarm System where the control unit (Fire Alarm Panel) has been replaced or the control unit software has been replaced. - A smoke control system where the master control unit, individual fan control unit, or fan drive unit has been replaced or modified - An alternative fire suppression system that has been replaced or the actuation elements have been modified. Except: fusible link replacement. A modification or extension of the piping fur a fire standpipe system where a hydrostatic test is required by NFPA 14. B. Final Acceptance: 1. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Architect. After receipt of this notification and Contractor's certified list of completed items, the Owner's Representative will inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work will be furnished to the Contractor. 2. After receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incomplete work from the Contractor, the Architect will make an inspection to verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial punch list submittal at Substantial Completion. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listing by room or space number. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for individual exterior face elevations, ceilings, individual walls, floors, doors, roof levels, casework, equipment, and building systems. B. Contractor's Certified List of Completed Items: Final signed punch list submittal at Final Completion. C. Certificates of Release: Occupancy permits from authorities having jurisdiction. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York L3 FINAL CLEAN UP SECTION 01 77 00 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Upon completion of the work covered by the Contract the Contractor shall leave the completed Project ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind and with all Work in new condition and in perfect order. In addition, upon completion of all Work the Contractor shall remove from the vicinity of the Work all plant, buildings, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other materials belonging to him or used under its direction during construction or impairing the use or appearance of the property and shall restore such areas affected by the work to their original condition, and, in the event of its failure to do so, the same shall be removed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and/or its surety shall be liable therefore. Final clean-up shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. All finished surfaces shall be swept, dusted, washed and polished. This includes cleaning of the Work of all finishing trades where needed, whether or not cleaning by such trades is included in their respective sections of the specifications. 2. Roofs, utility tunnels, manholes and pipe trenches and spaces between the new and existing Work shall be left thoroughly cleaned. 3. Finished flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, 4. Where the finish of floors has been marred or damaged in any space or area, the entire floor of that space or area shall be refinished as recommended by the manufacturers of the flooring. 5. All equipment shall be in an undamaged, bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. 6. All new glass shall be washed and polished, both sides. The Contractor shall be responsible for all breakage of glass in the area of the Work from the commencement of its activities until the building is turned over to Owner. The Contractor shall replace all broken glass and deliver the entire building with all glazing intact and clean. 7. Provide new filters for all fan convectors after final cleaning. 8. Refer to exterior clean up. Remove paint and glazing compound from surfaces. 13. CIean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by construction operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before construction operations began. 1.4 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Turn over to Owner's Representative the maintenance stock specified. Contractor shall obtain signed receipt from Owner's Representative for all maintenance stock. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 77 00* TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01 77 00-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED_EQUIPMENT INVI',NTORY 1,0 GENERAL 1,1 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY SECTION 01 78 22 FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY A. The Owner shall provide the Contractor with a list of Equipment Types to be inventoried and an Excel template. B. The Contractor shall populate the template (see Example Equipment List to be inventoried in Section 1.2). Once populated, the Contractor shall electronically return to the list to the Owner's Representative. The initial data to be captured on each piece of equipment shall include: I, Name of Product 2. Equipment Classification 3. Manufacturer 4. Model Number 5. Serial Number 6. Cost 7. Location (including Building and Rooni Number) 8. Acquisition Date (Date of Installation) C. The Owner shall from the Contractor provided data create a follow-up equipment Excel template that contains the MAXIMO ID for the equipment with all the name plate and specification fields for each type of equipment. This template shall then be returned to the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the initial labeling of the equipment and its' disconnects with the MAXIMO ID using an electronic label maker. 1D labels shall be in close proximity to Equipment Identification information, visually locatable from the access point to the equipment and on the face of discomlects. E. The Contractor shall then populate the MAXIMO Equipment Specification Template with the equipment nameplate, specification information, and warranty information. The Contractor shall electronically submit the equipment data and any related documentation (i.e. - O&M manuals) to the Owner's Representative. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 224 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR INVENTORY February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 22 Ithaca, New York FIXED EQUIPMENT INVENTORY F. EXAMPLE EQUIPMENT LIST • Building Equipment • AC Drive/VSD • Air Dryer • Backflow Preventor • Air Compressor • Building • Sprinkler • Control • Vacuum • Pump • Condensate • Glycol • CWC • HWC • Potable • Sanitary Sewer • Storm Sewer • Sump • Quality Water • Fuel • Fan • Exhaust • Supply • Return • Fume Hood • Furnace • Generator • Hot Water Heater • Heat Exchangers • Boiler • Tank • Unit Heater • Fan Coil • VAV Box • Transfer Switch • Motor • Pump • Fan • Lift/Levelers • Water Softener • Reverse Osmosis 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 22*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE FIXED EQUIPMENT 01 78 22-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR INVENTORY February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1,0 GENERAL L1 DESCRIPTION A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section, as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications and as necessary to operate the completed work. Operations and maintenance data, in final format, shall be available to the Owner prior to substantial completion. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. L2 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two hard (2) copies of complete manual in final form. 1. Hard Copy Format: a. b. c. Size: 8.1/2" x 11" and a CD with electronic files, Text: Manufacturer's printed data, scanned .pdf and/or neatly typewritten Word file. Drawings: Drawings are required in both hard copy and electronic format. Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. d. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, and major equipment. Provide type description of product, and major equipment. Provide indexed thumb tab. component parts of component parts of TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE OPERATING AND WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 234 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA e. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: Title of Project - Identity of separate structure as applicable. - Identity of general subject platter covered in the manual. f. Binders: Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings. 2. Electronic Copy a. The electronic version of the O&M Manual will contain all of the same content and be organized in a manner similar to the hard copy version. Electronic copies of the product data and record submittals shall be in PDF format. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD v14 or higher format. b. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. c. When electronic submissions are made on electronic media such as CDs, six (6) copies of the electronic media shall be provided. 1.3 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Table of contents, typewritten, for each volume, arranged in a systematic order. 1. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontract or installer. b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. e. Identify the area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE OPERATING AND 01 78 23-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MAINTENANCE DATA February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSIT 4' SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4.. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. E. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. c. Delete reference to inapplicable information. C. Submittal Data: 1. Include a record copy of the final, approved product submittal. Record copy shall be a clean copy (free of notes from the design professional) which has been updated to reflect the "as -installed" system. D. Drawings: I. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information on Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Record Documents as maintenance drawings. E. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. F. Original copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: a. Proper procedures in the event of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE OPERATING AND 01 78 23-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MAINTENANCE DATA February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.4 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products: a. Catalog number, size, and composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for reordering special -manufactured products. d. Certification as to asbestos free 2. Instructions for care and maintenance: a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to the product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content, for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products: 1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards b. Chemical composition c. Details of installation 2. Instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: The respective sections of Specifications. 1.5 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit a CD with electronic .pdf files, upload electronic files to ePM system and provide two (2) hard copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE OPERATING AND 0178 23-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MAINTENANCE DATA February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of ala replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation, control, stopping, shut -down and emergency instructions. c. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance Procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting'". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Alignment, adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication required: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As -installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As -installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers, with the Iocation and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE OPERATING AND 01 78 23.5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MAINTENANCE DATA February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 23 Ithaca, New York OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA C. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts: a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests. c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panel boards: a. Electrical service. b. Controls. c. Communications. 3. As -installed color coded wiring diagrams. 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. c. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to "trouble -shooting". c. Disassembly, repair and reassembly. d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of Specifications. D. Additional requirements for operations and maintenance data: See the respective sections of Specifications and General Conditions. 1.6 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit through ePM system preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents thirty (30) calendar days after approved submittals. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE OPERATING AND 01 78 23-6 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MAINTENANCE DATA February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERS Ithaca, New York TY . SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATING ANIS .� . MAINTENANCE DATA B. Submit completed data in final fon.n. twenty (20) calendar days prior the Acceptance phase of the Project. C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to final acceptance. 1.7 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNERS PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspections or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems: 1. Instruction time shall be sufficient to fully instruct all shifts of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Operations and maintenance shall constitute the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Submit typewritten statement, signed by each of Owner's Representatives who have been instructed, describing: 1. Method of Instruction. 2. Equipment and Systems Operated. 3. Length of Instruction Period. D. Contractor is fully responsible until final acceptance, even though operated by Owner's personnel, unless otherwise agreed in writing. 1.8 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. List under clear plastic (1/8" thick) all operating, maintenance and starting precautions and procedures to be followed by Owner for operating all systems and equipment. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 23*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE OPERATING AND 01 78 23®7 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR MAINTENANCE DATA February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS LO GENERAL Li DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall: SECTION 01 78 36 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Compile specified warranties and bonds. B. Compile specified service and maintenance contracts. C. Co -execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. E. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcontractors. B. Number of original copies required: 1, Two (2) each hard copy 2. One (1) set in electronic format. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. 3. Scope. 4. Date of beginning of warranty, bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration. 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a, Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WARRANTIES AND BONDS WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR 0178 36-1 February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 0178 36 Ithaca, New York WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.3 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (HARD COPY) A. Prepare in duplicate packets. 13. Format: 1. Size 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., punch sheets for 3 -ring binder. a. Fold larger sheets to fit binders. C. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS". List: a. Title of Project b. Name of Contractor D. Binders: Commercial quality, three-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 1.4 FORM OF SUBMITTALS (ELECTRONIC COPY) A. The electronic version of the Warranties and Bonds will contain all of the same content as the hard copy version Electronic copies shall be in pdf format B. Provide a series of files organized in subdirectories with a summary index with hyperlinks to the various documents and or references to separate CDs that contain the information. 1.5 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. Make final submittals within ten (10) days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work when acceptance is delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. 1.6 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED A. Submit warranties, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts as specified in the respective sections of Specifications. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 0178 36*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01 78 36-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY Ithaca, New York SEC'T'ION 01 78 39 a CORD DOCUMENTS 1.0 GENERAL I;1 DESCRIPTION SECTION 01 78 39 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site, during construction, one record copy of: 1. Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Architect's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Final Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 7. Field Test records 8. Construction photographs 1.2 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide cabinet or storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform Construction Index. C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by the Owner's Representative and the Architect. 1.3 RECORDING A. Label each document "AS BUILT" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39®1 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS C. Survey Mapping 1. Provide an accurate topographic, planimetric, utility map of as -built conditions, and mapped locations and elevations of constructed facilities / elements including as -built and exposed underground utilities. Survey work in progress as required to accurately locate constructed facilities / elements. Survey final condition of project extents at final acceptance. a. Site related elements including: - Sidewalks, ramps, curbs, and gutters - indicate type and surface material. Streets, drive ways, parking areas, labeled with material. Fences, walls, steps, handrails, signs, site furniture and light fixtures labeled with material. - Live trees which have a trunk diameter of three inches (3") or greater and all isolated or specimen trees. Measure tree trunk 3' above grade. Indicate approximate trunk diameter, "drip line" and common name of tree. Shrubs, show outlines of shrub masses. - Streams and bodies of water. b. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure including: - Manholes, catch basins, drain inlets, eleanouts, vent stacks, tanks, underdrains, foundation drains, monitoring wells, detention/retention/filtration facilities. Label type (sanitary or storm), dimensions and material of structure and cover/grate; pipe connections; sizes, materials, direction of flow and invert elevations. Locate and identify size, material, and invert elevations for culverts. - Water, gas, central steam, chilled water or other pressure lines, valve boxes, meter boxes, hydrants, tanks, fittings, etc. Label type, size, material, elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. - Utility poles, above and below ground lines including but not limited to power, street lighting, traffic control communication and sensors, telephone, television, communication, fire and police call boxes, public communication or display facilities. Label utility as direct buried, in conduit, or concrete encased duct. Identify elevations at building walls and all intersections, connections and vertical angle changes. Label all utilities and associated duct banks or conduits with sizes and materials. - Existing and abandoned utilities exposed during construction. Show ends of abandoned utilities left in place and assumed continued direction of utilities. Label with information as listed above. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-2 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELJi UNIVERS/T SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York -0,CORD DOCUMENTS 2 Survey mapping shall be done under the personal supervision of a Surveyor, registered in and licensed by the State of New York, who shall certify under his/her seal the accuracy of the survey. 3. Field Survey Accuracy: Horizontal and Vertical mapping shall be ACSM Second Order Class II, 1 in 20,000. Coordinate base: NAD83-86 geodetic system with grid values in the New York Central State Plane coordinate system in feet with elevations in NAVD '88 in feet. 5. Each different feature shall be drafted on a separate named CAD level/layer in Microstation or AutoCAD format using industry standard symbology of color, line style, line weight, and cells. 6. Provide an ASCII file list of coordinates for all survey points including control, feature, and topographic in the following comma delimited format: Point number, Northing coordinate, Easting coordinate, Elevation coordinate, Point description. 7. Topography and spot elevations: a. Topographic contours shall be accurately plotted at one foot (1') contour intervals. b. Record spot grade elevations as follows: i. Within natural ground and lawn and planted areas, spot elevations shall be shown to one-tenth of a foot (0.1'). Within all areas of built-up improvements such as pavements, curbs, steps, walls, utility and drainage systems or other site improvements, spot elevations shall be shown to one- hundredth of a foot (0.01'). ii. Existing grade at building corners; and thresholds and finished floor at all entrance, exit, or access points. iii. Develop road cross sections at 50 -foot intervals maximum, record spot elevations for all drive centerlines and all beginning radius of street intersections. For each cross section obtain elevations for front and back of existing sidewalk, top and bottom of curb, and centerline of the street. Obtain elevations for centerline intersection of all roads. iv. For trees of three inches to eighteen inches (3" - 18") in diameter, record elevation at high and low side at base of trunk. For specimen trees of eighteen inches (18") or greater diameter, indicate four (4) spot elevations on the north, south, east, and west at base of each trunk to one-hundredth (.01) foot elevation. v. Base, top, corners, and at cheek walls for all steps. Indicate elevations at top and bottom of walls and curbs. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-3 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS vi. Rim elevations of all catch basins, drain inlets, manholes, valve boxes, slabs on grade. Inverts at all sewer pipes and culverts. Bottom of structure floor and sump. D. Drawings As built drawings shall consist of making any changes neatly and clearly on the Contract Drawings using colored ink or pencil, shall be kept current by the contractor on a day-to- day basis in concert with the progress of the work. Where applicable, the change marked on a drawing is to carry the notation "per Change Order No. X", or similar reference which cites the reason for the change. The day-to-day construction as built drawings shall be made available to the Architect or Owner's Representative for review upon request. The "As built" drawings shall show all changes to the following areas of construction: I. Architectural: a. Modifications to components dictated by the building code b. Wall, door, window locations c. Built in casework locations d. New rated door and wall schedules/ locations e. Material and products where submittals are requested 2. Civil and Structural a. Dimensions for load carrying elements, both horizontal and vertical b. Materials and products where submittals are requested e. Load carrying elements and foundation systems d. Site related elements including: Building outlines, entranceways, areaways, roof overhangs, downspouts, significant architectural projections and other pertinent data. e. All significant changes in foundations, columns, beams, openings, concrete reinforcing, lintels, concealed anchorages and "knock -out" panels made during construction. f. Building envelope systems including roofing systems and building shell systems g. Geotechnical subsurface information h. Items that will require future maintenance i. Life safety critical. items TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-4 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY, SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York 3. Mechanical (I -VAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection) a. Products where submittals are requested b, Final locations of all equipment. RECO [ D DOCUMENTS c. Final sizes and materials of piping and ductwork. d. Final locations of inaccessible piping and ductwork. e. Final locations of all controls equipment, including all sensors and actuators. f. Final locations of all valves and dampers, including all shutoff valves, balance dampers and fire dampers. g. Location of access doors for all equipment in concealed locations. h. Final location and arrangement of all mechanical equipment and concealed gas, sprinkler, domestic, sanitary and drainage systems piping and other plumbing, including, but not limited to, supply and circulating mains, principal valves, meters, clean -outs, drains, pumps and controls, vent stacks, sanitary and storm water drainage. 4. Electrical a. Products where submittals were requested. b. Circuit (wire and raceway) size, number, and type. c. Main circuit pathways for Fire Alarm, Emergency Power, and Access Control/Security systems. d. Final locations of equipment and devices, interior and exterior luminaires, and power supplies. e. Final location of electric signal system panels, final arrangement of all circuits and any significant changes made in electrical signal system design as a result of Change Order or job conditions. 5. Environmental a. Utility related elements and supporting infrastructure b. Storm water maintenance/testing access points c. Location of unusual excavation findings 1 contaminated soil (i.e, mercury uncovered during excavation, also on-site spills during construction), including quantity excavated/disposed. TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39-5 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 CORNELL UNIVERSITY SECTION 01 78 39 Ithaca, New York RECORD DOCUMENTS E. Specifications and Addenda Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and Supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. At Contract close-out, deliver copies of all record documents to the Owner's Representative. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document S. Certification that each document is complete and accurate 6. Signature of Contractor or its authorized representative. 2.0 PRODUCTS — NOT USED 3.0 EXECUTION — NOT USED ***END OF SECTION 01 78 39*** TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE RECORD DOCUMENTS 0178 39-6 WALL & STAIRCASE REPAIR February 25, 2016 LaBella Associates, IDP .C, CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1,1 RELATED DOCUMENTS February, 2016 A, Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Requirements: Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for fill, backfill, and subsurface drainage. Section 321316 "Decorative Concrete Paving" for decorative concrete pavement and walks, 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume; materials subject to compliance with requirements. B. WIC Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Owner's facilities. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete Subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot -weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, forms and form removal limitations, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. February, 2016 B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 2. Include compressive strength test reports. 3. Include all ingredient certifications and product data concun-ently. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. Show all concrete wall and footing reinforcement on elevation drawings at a scale not less than I/4 -inch = 1 ft. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer and testing agency. B. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form -release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Repair materials. C. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency: 1. Aggregates. Include service -record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali -aggregate reactivity. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. 1. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI -certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade I. Testing agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI -certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade II. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project. No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1.8 PRECONSTRUCT1ON TESTING February, 2016 A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perforin preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1,10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with AC1 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. B. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with AC1 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniforinly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301. ACI 117, 2.2 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 B. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. C. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off glass -fiber -reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofng or waterproofing. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded -wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cernentitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type I/II, gray. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. C. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, Class 4S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size: 1 inch nominal. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4 LaBella Associates, D,P.C, CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 2, Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. 3. All aggregates shall be on New York State Department of Transportation's list of approved aggregate sources and shall not be designated as having ASR potential. 4. Minimum Bulk SSD Specific Gravity of Coarse -Aggregate: 2.67. 5. Maximum Absorption of Coarse -Aggregate: 1.2%, D. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. Mid -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A or Type F. Water content reduction to be greater than 7%. 5. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 6. I-Iigh-Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 7. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. F. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.6 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. B. Water: Potable. 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS A. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.022 -inch -thick, galvanized -steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, shrinkage -resistant, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30 -minute working time. C. Chemical Anchor Adhesives: Heavy duty, two component injectable adhesive designed to be dispensed using double chamber gun with mixing nozzle. Adhesives in capsule form will not be accepted. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Hilti, Inc.; Hit-HY 200; Hit -Ice b. ITW Redhead; Epcon C6. c. Powers Fasteners, Inc.; AC 100- Gold. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 2.8 REPAIR MATERIALS February, 2016 A. Repair Mortar: Site -mixed Portland -cement mix for vertical and overhead surfaces. Mix dry - pack repair mortar, consisting of one part shrinkage -compensating, Portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve by damp, loose volume, using only enough • water for handling and placing. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch and that can be filled in over a scarified surface to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150/C 150M, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 114 inch or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Use a percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: Use a minimum of 15 percent, but a maximum of 25 percent. C. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing, high -range water -reducing, or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use a mid-range water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Walls: Normal -weight concrete. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 6 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNEELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 l . Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. ?. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch; or 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches before adding high -range water -reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size. B. Slabs -on -Grade: Normal -weight concrete. 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45. 3. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 520 lb/cu. yd.. 4. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1 -inch nominal rnaximunn aggregate size. 2.11 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI`s "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.12 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, Iateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough -formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 7 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 TeagIe Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 E. Construct fonns for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast -concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templatesor compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Forth openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. 1. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. 7. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. K. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC 303. 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for [24] hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by fonn-removal operations, and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged forte -facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. CAST -1N -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 8 LaBel.la Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL. UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRS1's "Manual of Standard Practice' for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Field bending or straightening of bars partially embedded in concrete is not permitted. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete, 3. Locate horizontal joints in walls at underside of slabs. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water inay be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301, (4.3.2.1 Slump Adjustment.) 1. With each concrete mixture submittal, indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 2. Water added roust not increase the water -cement ratio past the approved mix design ratio. 3. Add additional water reducer or plasticizer to mix instead of adding water to achieve flowable, workable concrete. Do not add water to concrete after adding these admixtures to mixture. 4. Do not add water after truck is more than half empty. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 9 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. D. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to forrn a uniform and open -textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FINISHING SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power -driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 10 LaBelia Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project Noe 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. February, 2016 C. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first light trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with fluid -applied waterproofing. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE 1TEM INSTALLATION A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures after work of other trades is in place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 301 for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing imrnediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not Iess than seven days with the following materials: a. Water, b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. IrnrnediateIy after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 11 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean and dampen with water. Fill and compact with repair mortar before surface has dried. Fill form -tie voids with repair mortar. 2. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. C. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with repair mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayrnent and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4 -inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete, except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 6. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with repair mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces. Place repair mortar before surface has dried. Compact repair mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. D. Perform structural repairs of existing concrete according to the Drawings. E. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Contractor to supply all batch tickets to Owner's testing agency. Batch tickets to note w/c ratio and amount of water allowed to be added at Project site. C. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. CAST -1N -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 12 LaBella Associates, DEC. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teaale Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 2 Chemical Anchors: Test 5% of all chemical anchors in tension, randomly selected but in varied locations. Testing to be in accordance with ASTM E 488 to the approved ranufa.cturer's allowable loads. Concrete must cure a minimum of 3 days prior to testing. Do not test anchors until after the anchor manufacturer's recommended curing time. If an anchor fails during this test additional anchors may be requested to be tested as directed by the Architect. 3. Verification of use of required design mixture. 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing, 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 6. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but Iess than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing provides fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Include corresponding concrete mix batch tickets with each test report. 3. Indicate amount of water added to batch at Project site. 4. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perforin additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. Measure after slump adjustment. Pumped concrete is to be tested at point of placement, with an additional slump test taken at point of delivery. 5. Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete;one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 6. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below or 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 7. Density (Unit Weight): ASTM C 138/C 138M, fresh unit weight of concrete. Two tests per truck load; one at beginning of pour and near end of pour. 8. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M. a. Cast and standard cure six (6) cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 9. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; a. Test two standard cured specimens at 7 days, two specimens at 28 days, and retain two specimens in reserve for later testing as deemed necessary by Architect. b. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. c. If one specimen in the test shows evidence of improper sampling, molding or testing, discard the specimen and consider the strength of the remaining cylinders to be the test result. If more than one specimen in a test shows any defects, discard the entire test. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 13 LaBelia Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 11. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for 7-, 28-, and 56 -day tests. 12. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 13. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 14. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 15. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 033000 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 14 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Ste Wall and Staircase Repair SECTION 044313,13 - ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS February, 2016 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section, 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stone masonry anchored to concrete backup. 2. Repointing joints. B. Related Requirements; 1. Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for wall flashing. 2. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants". 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Owner's facilities. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessory, and manufactured product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For colored mortar and other items involving color selection. C. Samples for Verification: 1. For each stone type indicated. Include at least five Samples in each set and show the full range of color and other visual characteristics in completed Work. 2. Mortar Mix Design Samples: For each color of mortar required. Sample strips to be 6 - inches long by %z -inch wide. Label Samples to indicate types and amounts of pigments used. 3. Each type of patching compound in form of briquettes, at least 3 inches long by 14/2 1/2 inches wide. Document each Sample with manufacturer and stock number or other information necessary to order additional material. Have each set contain a close color range of at Least six Samples of different mixes of patching compound that matches the variations in existing stone when cured and dry. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 1 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. February, 2016 B. List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product naives together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, supply sources, and other information as required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and source of aggregates. 1. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockups constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect approves such deviations in writing. C. Material Test Reports: 1. Stone Test Reports: For stone variety proposed for use on Project, by a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with required physical properties, other than abrasion resistance, according to referenced ASTM standards. Base reports on testing done within previous five years. 2. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Test Report: From sealant manufacturer indicating that sealants will not stain or damage stone. Include interpretation of test results and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs experienced stonemasons and stone fitters. B. Wall Mockup: Build mockup to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to make a final mortar selection. 1. Upon approval of Mix Design Samples an in-situ mockup is to be performed for final approval of the mortar installation. A minimum of five (5) mortar samples shall be installed in designated areas for consideration by the Design Professional and the Owner for final selection of project mortar composition, color, joint profile, and texture. Mortar samples may vary in sand composition and cement color, but must comply with the overall mortar specification. 2. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather -resistant membrane. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 1.7 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to joint -sealant manufacturers, for compatibility and adhesion testing according to sealant manufacturer's standard testing methods and Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," Samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 2 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden; Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING February, 2016 A. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. B. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. C. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture -resistant containers designed for use with dispensing silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, in a dry location, or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos. D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent conosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Protection of Stone Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone masonry when construction is not in progress. 1- Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place. B. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining stone • masonry face. 1. Protect base of walls from rain -splashed mud and mortar splatter using coverings spread on the ground and over the wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Tun scaffold boards near the waIl on edge at end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt on completed stone masorny. C. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace stone masonry damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with cold -weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 1. Cold -Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing cleaning. D. Hot -Weather Requirements: Comply with hot -weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1.10 COORDINATION February, 2016 A. Advise installers of adjacent Work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone masonry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain stone, from a single quarry with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality for each cementitious component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. 2.2 QUARTZ -BASED STONE: Bluestone or Llenroc A. Material Standard: Comply with ASTM C 616/C 616M, Classification III Quartzitic Sandstone. 1. Sedimentary sandstone containing at least 90% free silica (Quartz grains plus siliceous cement). 2. Alcove Bluestone or Hamilton Sandstone: a. Greater than 70% silica dioxide. b. Maximum absorption by weight: 1% per ASTM C 97. c. Minimum density: 160 lb/cu. ft. per ASTM C 97. d. Minimum compressive strength perpendicular to grain: 19,000 psi per ASTM C 170. e. Minimum abrasion resistance: 8 Ha per ASTM C 241. B. Match adjacent, existing stone for color, finish, and other stone characteristics relating to aesthetic effects. 2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II, except Type III may be used for cold -weather construction; natural color or white cement may be used as required to produce mortar color indicated. 1. Low -Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Factory -Prepared Lime Putty: ASTM C 1489. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 4 LaBel[a Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair D. Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as follows: February, 2016 1. Tested to show that the aggregate does not have the potential for alkali -silica reactivity, on a biennial basis, based on ASTM C295, Standard Guide for Petrographic Examination of Aggregates for Concrete. 2. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve and provide aggregate with rounded edges. 3. Colored Aggregates: Natural -colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 4. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. E. Water: Potable, 2.4 VENEER ANCHORS A. Materials: 1. Stainless -Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 316. 2. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 316. B. Size: Sufficient to extend at least halfway, but not less than 1-1/2 inches, through stone masonry and with at least a 5/8 -inch cover on exterior face. C. Masonry -Veneer Anchors: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the foIIowing: a. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; #345 -BT Flexible Tie. b. Wire -Bond; Veneer Corrugated Anchor 2501. c. Heckmann Building Products, Inc.; Corrugated Brick Veneer Anchor. 2. General: Provide anchors that resist a 100-1bf load in both tension and compression perpendicular to plane of wall without deforming or developing play in excess of 1/16 inch. 3. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.109 -inch -thick, stainless-steel sheet. 4. Fabricate wire ties from 0.187 -inch -diameter, stainless-steel wire unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 STONE TRIM ANCHORS A. Stone Trim Anchors: Units fabricated with dowels designed to engage holes in stone trims units and holes for fasteners or postinstalled anchor bolts for fastening to substrates as indicated. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 B. Materials: Fabricate dowels from stainless steel threaded rod material, ASTM F 593, Alloy Group 2, Stainless Steel. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Asphalt Dampproofing: asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1227, Type HI or Type IV. B. Weep/Vent Products: Use the following: 1. Cellular Plastic Weep/Vent: One-piece, flexible extrusion made from UV -resistant polypropylene copolymer, full width of head joint and 2 1/2 inches high by 3 3/8" deep, in color selected from manufacturer's standard. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Maze Cell Vents. 2) Heckmann Building Products Inc.; #85 Cell Vent. 3) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; QV Quadro-Vent. 4) Wire -Bond; Cell Vent 3601. C. Cavity Drainage Material: Free -draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. CavClear/Archovations, Inc. 2. Provide the following configuration: a. Sheets or strips full depth of cavity and installed to full height of cavity. b. Additional strips, if necessary based on stone thickness, 4 inches high at weeps and thick enough to fill entire depth of cavity and prevent weep holes from being clogged with mortar. D. Bearing Pads: Provide the following bearing pads for existing granite steps: 1. High -Density Plastic: Multimononaer, nonleaching, plastic strip. E. Lead Joint Cap: Provide the following for wall cap joint protection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Nuclead, Co., Inc. b. Weathercap, Inc. 2. Provide the following configuration: Soft lead strip, "T" cap, sized for joint width. 3 Provide joint sealant and backer rod. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 6 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 2.7 MASONRY CLEANERS February, 2016 A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard -strength cleaner designed for removing mortar and grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and stone producer. 2.8 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate stone units in sizes and shapes required to comply with requirements indicated. B. Select stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including details on Drawings and pattern specified in "Setting Stone Masonry' Article. C. Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and at right angle to face unless otherwise indicated. Shape beds to fit supports. D. Carefully inspect stone at quarry or fabrication plant for compliance with requirements for appearance, material, and fabrication. Replace defective units before shipment. 1. Clean sawed backs of stone to remove rust stains and iron particles. E. Thickness of Stone: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following: I . Thickness: 4 inches and 6 inches, plus or minus 1/2 inch. F. Finish exposed stone faces and edges to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to match approved samples and mockups. 1. Finish: Mixed split face and seam face. 2.9 MORTAR MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride. 2. Use portland cerement -lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and sand together before adding any water. Then mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for 15 to 30 minutes. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within one hour of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material. B. Mortar Proportions: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions: ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 7 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1. Mortar for Stone: 1 part portland cement, 6 parts lime, and 12 parts sand. February, 2016 C. Proprietary Mortar Mixes: Pre -blended lune/cement-based mortars may be approved if appropriate for Project conditions. D. Colored -Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone masonry, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of stone masonry. B. Examine substrate to verify that reglets, inserts, reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing, and other items installed in substrates and required for or extending into stone masonry are correctly installed. C. Examine wall framing, sheathing, and weather -resistant sheathing paper to verify that stud locations are suitable for spacing of veneer anchors and that installation will result in a weatherproof covering. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Accurately mark stud centerlines on face of weather -resistant sheathing paper before beginning stone installation. B. Coat concrete backup with asphalt dampproofng. C. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before setting. Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or abrasives. 3.3 SETTING STONE MASONRY A. Perform necessary field cutting and trimming as stone is set. 1. Use power saws to cut stone that is fabricated with saw -cut surfaces. Cut lines straight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping. 2. Use hammer and chisel to split stone that is fabricated with split surfaces. Make edges straight and true, matching similar surfaces that were shop or quarry fabricated. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 8 L aBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 E. Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements relating to aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable for intended use. C. Arrange stones in uncoursed rubble patter -n with joint widths within tolerances indicated. Insert small stones into spaces between larger stones as needed to produce joints as uniform in width as practical. D. Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended appearance. E. Install supports, fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure stone masonry in place. F. Set stone accurately in locations indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances. Cr. Maintain uniform joint widths except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor variations are required to maintain bond alignment if any. Lay walls with joints not less than 3/8 inch at narrowest points or more than 5/8 inch at widest points. H. Mortar head joints of existing limestone wall caps. Install backer rod, joint sealant and lead joint cap. I, Install embedded flashing and weep holes at base of all walls, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated, 1, At concrete backing, extend flashing through stone masonry, turned up a minimum of 8 inches, and insert in reglet. Reglets are specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 2. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2 inches or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 3. Install metal drip edges with ribbed sheet metal flashing by interlocking hemmed edges to form hooked seam. Seal seam with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 4. Extend sheet metal flashing 1/2 inch beyond masonry face at exterior, and turn flashing down to form a drip. 5. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior wall face. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from exterior wall face and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 6. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior wall face. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from exterior wall face and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. 7. Cut flexible flashing flush with wall face after completing masonry wall construction. . Place weep holes and vents in joints where moisture may accumulate, including at base of cavity walls, and at flashing. 1. Use cellular plastic weeps/vents to fonn weep holes. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 9 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 2. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. 3. Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article. K. Install vents in head joints at top of each continuous cavity at spacing indicated. Use cellular plastic weeps/vents to form vents. 3.4 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet or 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more. D. Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as a variation of the average plane of each stone face from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane. E. Variation in Mortar -Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated. F. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for thickness of stone. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF ANCHORED STONE MASONRY A. Anchor stone masonry to concrete with wire or corrugated -metal veneer anchors unless otherwise indicated. B. Embed veneer anchors in mortar joints of stone masonry at least halfway, but not less than 1-1/2 inches, through stone masonry and with at least a 5/8 -inch cover on exterior face. C. Space anchors not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically and 24 inches o.c. horizontally. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings,. sealant joints, and perimeter at intervals not exceeding 8 inches. D. Anchor existing limestone wall cap and existing granite steps with stone trim anchors where indicated. Install anchors by fastening to substrate and inserting dowels into holes in stone units. Provide compressible filler in ends of dowel holes and bottoms of kerfs to prevent end bearing of dowels on stone. Fill remainder of anchor holes with mortar. Provide bearing pads to support existing granite steps. E. Set stone in full bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated. Build anchors into mortar joints as stone is set. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 10 LaBella Associates_ D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Magic Hall Carden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 F. Provide 1 -inch cavity between stone masonry and backup construction unless otherwise indicated. Keep cavity free of mortar droppings and debris. 1. Slope beds toward cavity to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity. 2. Do not attempt to trowel or remove mortar fins protruding into cavity. G. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 3/4 inch before setting mortar has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides. 3.6 REPOINTING STONEWORK A, Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent: 1. All joints in areas indicated. 2. Joints where mortar is missing or where they contain holes. 3. Joints where they are deteriorated to point that mortar can be easily removed by hand, without tools. B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required. C. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup: 1. Remove mortar from joints to depth of joint width plus 1/8 inch, but not less than 1/2 inch or not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered mortar. 2. Remove mortar from stone surfaces within raked -out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to expose stone for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris. 3. Do not spall edges of stone units or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged stone units as directed by Architect. a. Cut out mortar by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Do not use power -operated grinders. D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose stone, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items, E. Pointing with Mortar: 1. Rinse joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at time of pointing, joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen joint surfaces before pointing. 2. Apply pointing mortar first to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 3. After low areas have been filled to same depth as remaining joints, point all joints by placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Fully compact each layer and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing stone has worn or rounded edges, slightly recess finished mortar surface below face of stone to avoid ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313,13 - 11 LaBella Associates, D.P.G. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 widened joint faces. Take care not to spread mortar beyond joint edges onto exposed stone surfaces or to featheredge the mortar. 4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints as demonstrated in approved mockup. Remove excess rnortar from edge of joint by brushing. 5. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays. a. Acceptable curing methods include covering with wet burlap and plastic sheeting, periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist heads, and timers. b. Adjust curing methods to ensure that pointing mortar is damp throughout its depth without eroding surface mortar. 6. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint. F. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing stone, allow mortar to harden at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work. 3.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace stone masonry of the following description: 1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Architect. 2. Defective joints. 3. Stone masonry not matching approved samples and mockups. 4. Stone masonry not complying with other requirements indicated. B. Replace in a manner that results in stone masonry matching approved samples and mockups, complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement. C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonrnasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean stone masonry by bucket and brush hand -cleaning method described in BIA Technical Note No. 20, Revised II, using job -mixed detergent solution. ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 - 12 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 G. Clean stone masonry with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Clean limestone masonry to comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook." 3.8 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE A. Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Owners use. 13. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other waste, and legally dispose of off Owners property. END OF SECTION 044313.13 ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.13 13 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No, 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair SECTION 057300 - DECORATIVE METAL FAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary • Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper -alloy decorative railings, 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Railings: Guards, handrails, and siinilar devices used for protection of occupants at open -sided floor areas and for pedestrian guidance and support, visual separation, or wall protection. 1.4 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver items to Project site in time for installation. B. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not meet structural performance requirements. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:, For die following: l . Manufacturer's product lines of railings assembled from standard components. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, or design. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. 1. Handrails. 2. Fittings and brackets. 3. Welded connections. DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 1 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 4. Brazed connections. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS February, 2016 A. Welding certificates. B. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM B 935. C. Preconstruction test reports. D. Evaluation Reports: For post -installed anchors, from ICC -ES. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with railings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior railings by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Same metal and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide cast -metal brackets with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 2 LaBella Associates, D,P.C, CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No, 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 2, Provide forrned-steel brackets with predrilled hole for bolted anchorage and with snap -on cover that matches rail finish and conceals bracket base and bolt head. 2.3 COPPER ALLOYS A. Copper and Copper Alloys, General: Provide alloys indicated and with temper to suit application and forming methods, but with strength and stiffness not less than Temper HO 1 (quarter hard) for plate, sheet, strip, and bars and Temper H55 (light drawn) for tube and pipe. B. Extruded Shapes, Bronze: ASTM B 455, Alloy BINS C38500 (architectural bronze). 2.4 FASTENERS A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: l . Copper -Alloy (Bronze) Components: Silicon bronze (Alloy 651 or Alloy 655) fasteners, B. Fasteners for Anchoring to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. C. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching railings to other work unless otherwise indicated. D. Post -Installed Anchors: Torque -controlled expansion anchors with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC -ES AC193. 1. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 2 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Brazing Rods: For copper -alloy railings, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be brazed and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. C. Lacquer for Copper Alloys: Clear acrylic lacquer specially developed for coating copper -alloy products. 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage. DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D. E. F. G. H. Fond work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. Locate weep holes in inconspicuous locations. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. 2. 3. 4. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 welds; no evidence of a welded joint. I. Brazed Connections: Connect copper -alloy railings by brazing. Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Braze corners and seams continuously. 1. Use materials and methods that snatch color of base metal, minimize distortion, and develop maximum strength and corrosion resistance. 2. Remove flux immediately. 3. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and brazed surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. J. Form changes in direction as follows: 1. By radius bends of radius indicated or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings of radius indicated. K. Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required; maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. L. Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated end fittings. M. Provide wall returns at ends of wall -mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns, unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less. DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 4 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No, 2151453 Teag-le Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 N. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. O. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads unposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. 2.7 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" recommendations for applying and designating finishes, B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipment. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of railings. 2.8 COPPER -ALLOY FINISHES A. Finish designations for copper alloys comply with the system for designating copper -alloy finish systems defined in NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products." B. Medium -Satin Finish, Lacquered: M32 -06x (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, medium satin; Coating: clear, organic, air dried, as specified below). 1. Clear, Organic Coating: Lacquer specified for copper alloys, applied by air spray in two coats per manufacturer's written instructions, with interim drying, to a total thickness of 1 mil. C. Statuary Conversion Coating over Satin Finish: M31-055 (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, fine satin; Chemical Finish: conversion coating, sulfide). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done. DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field coimection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. C. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. 3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. B. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thernal movement. Provide slip -joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches of post. 3.4 ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Attach handrails to walls with wall brackets. Provide brackets with 1 -112 -inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished walI surface. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. 1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. 2. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. B. Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows: 1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled -in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean copper alloys according to metal finisher's written instructions in a manner that leaves an undamaged and uniform finish snatching approved Sample. DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 6 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 T eagle Hall Marden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.6 PROTECTION February, 2016 A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer, Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units, END OF SECTION 057300 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS 057300 - 7 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 TeaLgle Hall Carden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repan SECTION 071416 - COLD FLUID -APPLIED WATERPROOFING PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS February, 2016 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including, General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polyurethane waterproofing. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, and tested physical and performance properties of waterproofing. 2. Include manufacturer's written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. B. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by waterproofing manufacturer. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. 1. Do not apply waterproofing to a damp or wet substrate, when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or when temperatures are less than 5 deg F above dew point. 2. Do not apply waterproofing in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when such weather conditions are imminent during application and curing period. COLD FLUID -APPLIED WATERPROOFING 071416 - 1 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 B. Maintain adequate ventilation during application and curing of waterproofing materials. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace waterproofing that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion. B. Installer's Special Wan-anty: Specified fonn,signed by Installer, covering Work of this Section, for warranty period of two years. 1. Warranty includes removing and reinstalling protection board, stone veneer, flashing, and granite steps; and patching waterproofing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Source Limitations for Waterproofing System: Obtain waterproofing materials, protection course, from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 SINGLE -COMPONENT POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING A. Single -Component, Modified Polyurethane Waterproofing: ASTM C 836/C 836M and coal -tar free. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following a. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. b. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc. c. CETCO, a Minerals Technologies company. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with one another and with waterproofing. 1. Furnish liquid -type auxiliary materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Primer: Manufacturer's standard primer, sealer, or surface conditioner; factory -formulated acrylic latex, polyurethane, or epoxy. COLD FLUID -APPLIED WATERPROOFING 071416 - 2 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 C. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent polyurethane sealant, compatible with waterproofing; ASTM C 920, Type M, CIass 25 or greater; Grade NS for sloping and vertical applications and Grade 13 for deck applications; Use NT exposure; and as recommended by manufacturer for substrate and joint conditions. 2.4 PROTECTION COURSE A. Protection Course: ASTM D 6506, semirigid sheets of fiberglass or mineral -reinforced - asphaltic core, pressure laminated between two asphalt -saturated fibrous liners and as follows: 1. Same manufacturer as waterproofing. 2. Thickness: 1/8 inch or 120 mil, nominal. 3. Adhesive: Rubber -based solvent type recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that concrete has cured and aged for minimum time period recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. 2. Verify that substrate is visibly dry and within the moisture limits recommended in writing by manufacturer. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. • Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust -free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application. B. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction. C. Close off deck drains and other deck penetrations to prevent spillage and migration of waterproofing fluids. D. Remove grease, oil, bitumen, form -release agents, paints, curing compounds, acid residues, and other penetrating contaminants or film -forming coatings from concrete. E. Remove fins, ridges, and other projections, and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, holes, and other voids. COLD FLUID -APPLIED WATERPROOFING 071416 - 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.3 PREPARATION AT TERMINATIONS, PENETRATIONS, AND CORNERS February, 2016 A. Prepare surfaces at terminations and penetrations through waterproofing and at expansion joints, drains, sleeves, and comers according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in. B. Apply waterproofing in two separate applications, and embed a joint reinforcing strip in the first preparation coat when recommended by waterproofing rnanufacturer. 3.4 JOINT AND CRACK TREATMENT A. Prepare, treat, rout, and fill joints and cracks in substrate according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in. Before coating surfaces, remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258. 1. Comply with ASTM C 1193 for joint -sealant installation. 2. Apply bond breaker on sealant surface, beneath preparation strip. 3. Prime substrate along each side of joint and apply a single thickness of preparation strip at least 6 inches wide along each side of joint. Apply waterproofing in two separate applications and embed a joint reinforcing strip in the first preparation coat. 3.5 WATERPROOFING APPLICATION A. Apply waterproofing according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in. B. Start installing waterproofing in presence of manufacturer's technical representative. C. Apply primer over prepared substrate unless otherwise instructed in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. D. Unreinforced Waterproofing Applications: Mix materials and apply waterproofing by spray, roller, notched squeegee, trowel, or other application method suitable to slope of substrate. 1. Apply one or more coats of waterproofing to obtain a seamless membrane free of entrapped gases and pinholes, with a dry ficin thickness of 90 mils. 2. Apply waterproofing to prepared wall terminations and vertical surfaces. 3. Verify manufacturer's recommended wet filen thickness of waterproofing every 100 sq. ft.. E. Cure waterproofing, taking care to prevent contamination and damage during application and curing. F. Install protection course with butted joints over waterproofing before starting subsequent construction operations. 1. For horizontal applications, install protection course loose laid over fully cured membrane. COLD FLUID -APPLIED WATERPROOFING 071416 - 4 LaBella Associates, D,P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL February, 2016 A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections: 1. Testing agency shall verify thickness of waterproofing during application for each 600 sq. ft, of installed waterproofing or part thereof. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage asite representative qualified by waterproofing membrane manufacturer to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components and to furnish daily reports to Architect. C. If test results or inspections show waterproofing does not comply with requirements, remove and replace or repair the waterproofing as recommended in writing by manufacturer, and make further repairs after retesting and inspecting until waterproofing installation passes. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Do not permit foot or vehicular traffic on unprotected membrane. 13. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. C. Correct deficiencies in or remove waterproofing that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings. D. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended in writing by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 071416 COLD FLUID -APPLIED WATERPROOFING 071416 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured through-walI flashing. 2. Manufactured thimble for sealing dowel anchors. 3. Manufactured reglets. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Owner's facilities. 1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review special details and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - I LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop - and field -assembled work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of anchor -penetration flashing. 8. Include details of special conditions. 9. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 10. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory - applied finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments. 2. Trim, Metal Closures, Expansion Joints, Joint Intersections, Thimbles, and Miscellaneous Fabrications: 12 inches long and in required profile. include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Unit -Type Accessories and Miscellaneous Materials: Full-size Sample. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. B. Product Certificates: For each type of coping and roof edge flashing that is. C. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 2 .LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 I , For copings and roof edge flashings that are, shop shall be listed as able to fabricate required details as tested and approved. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical through -wall flashing and wall cap flashing, approximately 4 ft. long, including supporting construction cleats, seams, attachments and accessories. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trite from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. I.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and true that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a, Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal. flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind Loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Sheet Metal Standard for Copper: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. D. Thennal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, cold -rolled copper sheet, H00 temper, of minimum uncoated weight (thickness) indicated; coated on both sides with zinc -tin alloy (50 percent zinc, 50 percent tin). 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type 1I (No. 30), asphalt -saturated organic felt; nonperforated. B. Synthetic Underlayment: Laminated or reinforced, woven polyethylene or polypropylene, synthetic roofing underlayrnent; bitumen free; slip resistant; suitable for high ternperatures over 220 deg F; and complying with physical requirements of ASTM D 226/D 226M for Type I and Type II felts. C. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. minimum. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self -tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self drilling screws, Basketed, with hex -washer head. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 4 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 a. Exposed Fasteners: heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory -applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. 2. Fasteners for Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Copper Sheet: Copper, hardware bronze or passivated Series 300 stainless steel. C. Solder: 1. For Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Copper: ASTM B 32, 100 percent tin, with maximum lead content of 0.2 percent, as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polyrner sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187. 2.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. Through -Wall, Ribbed, Sheet Metal Flashing: Manufacture through -wall sheet metal flashing for embedment in masonry, with ribs at 3 -inch intervals along length of flashing to provide integral mortar bond. Manufacture through -wall flashing. 1. Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, cold -rolled copper sheet, H00 temper, of minimum uncoated weight (thickness) of 20 -oz.; coated on both sides with zinc -tin alloy (50 percent zinc, 50 percent tin). B. Thimble for sealing dowel anchors: Manufacture with same material as through -wall flashing. C. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile required, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory - mitered and -welded corners and junctions and with interlocking counterflashing on exterior face, of same metal as reglet. 1. Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, cold -rolled copper sheet, H00 temper, of minimum uncoated weight (thickness) of 20 -oz.; coated on both sides with zinc -tin alloy (50 percent zinc, 50 percent tin). 2. Concrete Type: Provide temporary closure tape to keep reglet free of concrete materials, special fasteners for attaching reglet to concrete forms, and guides to ensure alignment of reglet section ends. 3. Finish: Satin finish. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL February, 2016 A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with perfonnance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8 -inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." D. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. E. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, fonn metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. H. Seams: Fabricate nomnoving seams with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 2.7 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Through -Wall and Wall Cap Flashing: Fabricate continuous flashings in minimum 96 -inch - long, but not exceeding 12 -foot -long, sections, under copings, and at shelf angles. Fabricate discontinuous lintel, sill, and similar flashings to extend 6 inches beyond each side of wall openings; and form with 2 -inch -high, end dams. Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Copper: 20 oz./sq. ft.. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 6 LaBella Associates, D.P,C. CORNELL IJN1VERS'TY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 B. Fabricate through -wall flashing with drip edge unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by extending flashing 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. C. Fabricate metal drip edges for ribbed metal Flashing from plain metal flashing of same metal as ribbed flashing and extending at least 3 inches into wall with hemmed inner edge to receive ribbed flashing and form. a hooked seam. Form hem on upper surface of metal so that completed seam will shed water, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3,1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 UNDERLAYMBNT INSTALLATION A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches. B. Synthetic Underlayment: Install synthetic underlayment, wrinkle free, according to manufacturers' written instructions, and using adhesive where possible to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal. C. Self -Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self -adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll Taps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. D. Apply slip sheet, wrinkle free, over underlayment before installing sheet metal flashing and trim. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 7 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL February, 2016 A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure - treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. I. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant -filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant -type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 8 LaBella Associates, D,P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151.453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre -tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-112 inches; however, reduce pre -tinning where pre -tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not pre -tin zinc -tin alloy -coated copper. 2. Do not use torches for. soldering. 3. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3.4 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. B. Through -Wall Flashing: Installation of through -wail flashing is specified in Section 044313.13 "Anchored Stone Masonry Veneer." C. Reglets: Installation of reglets is specified in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." D. Wall Cap: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at 24 -inch centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with washers and screw fasteners through slotted holes at 24 -inch centers. 3. Thimble flashing around anchors: Install thimble flashing with close -fitting collar with top edge flared for elastoaneric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. 3.5 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8 -inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. • B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering, B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 9 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wail and Staircase Repair D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction. E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 076200 - 10 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall_ Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS February, 2016 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants, 2. Urethane joint sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 044313.13 "Anchored Stone Masonry Veneer" for sealing joints in existing limestone caps and joint sealant application at through wall flashing. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint -sealant product. 13. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2 -inch -wide joints formed between two 6 -inch -long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: I . Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. 4. Joint -sealant color. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B, Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNBLL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Schedule: Include the following information for each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested: 1. Joint -sealant location and designation. 2. Manufacturer and product name. 3. Type of substrate material. 4. Proposed test. 5. Number of samples required. D. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion -Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. E. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. I.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint -sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 2 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 13. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish _joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following 1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested according to ASTM C 1248. B. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT: Nonstaining, single -component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type 8, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT. 2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane, M, NS, 25, NT: Multicomponent, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 2.4 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 4 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair a. Concrete. b. Masonry. February, 2016 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or pruner with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile as required according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field -Adhesion Testing: Field test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 3 tests for for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field -adhesion hand -pull test criteria. 4. Record test results in a field -adhesion -test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 6 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 21.51453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.5 CLEANING Februai y, 2016 A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at. time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants -immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint -Sealant Application: At through wall flashing applications for stone veneer. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints at end joints and edges of wall flashing. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. B. Joint -Sealant Application: Head joints of limestone caps. I. Joint Locations: a. At head joints of existing limestone cap pieces. 2, Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, NS, 25, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. END OF SECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 7 L aBella Associates, D,P.C. CORNEAL i.SNIVER.SITY Project No, 2151453 Teagle Ball Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair. SECTION 312000 - EARTH MOLTING PART 1 -• GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS February, 201 6 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating and filling for rough grading the Site. 2. Preparing subgrades for slabs -on -grade, walks, pavements, turf and grasses, and plants. 3. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. 4. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements. 5. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches, 6. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures, 7. Flowable fill for infilling vault. 8. Topsoil and grass seeding for lawn repairs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2, Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. C. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. D. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation. E. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. EARTH MOVING 312000 - LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 F. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. G. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete pavement. H. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials. I. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables as well as underground services within buildings. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following manufactured products required: 1. Geotextiles. 2. Flowable fill material, including design mixture. 3. Warning tapes. B. Samples for Verification: For the following products, in sizes indicated below: 1. Geotextile: 12 by 12 inches. 2. Warning Tape: 12 inches long; of each color. C. Material Certificates: Topsoil 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Material Test Reports: For each on-site soil material proposed for fill and backfill as follows: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487. 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557. C. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass -seed monostand or mixture, stating the botanical and common naive, percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during earth -moving operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 2 LaBella. Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Fall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing earth moving indicated on property adjoining Owner's property will be obtained by Owner before award of Contract. 1. Do not proceed with work on adjoining property until directed by Architect. C. Utility Locator Service: Notify 'Dig Safely New York" for area where Project is located before beginning earth -moving operations. D. The following practices are prohibited in areas indicated to protect trees and shrubs: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Erection of sheds or structures. 4. Impoundment of water. 5. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 6. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. E. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust towards vegetation. F. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near vegetation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, C1 -I, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. A. Subbase Material: Import all granular fill types from off-site sources. Granular fill consists of stone, sand, and gravel, or blends of these materials, free of slag, complying with New York State Department of Transportation (NYSDOT) Standard Specification, Section 304, as modified below: 1. Type 2 Fill (NYSDOT Type 2 / Crushed Ledge Rock Stone) Gradation Requirements. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair Sieve Designation Percent by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves 2 inch 100 1/4 -inch 25 to 60 #40 5 to 40 #200 0 to 10 February, 2016 A. Engineered Fill: Import all granular fill types from off-site sources. Granular fill consists of stone, sand, and gravel, or blends of these materials, free of slag, complying with New York State Department of Transportation (NYSDOT) Standard Specification, Section 304, as modified below: 1. Type 2 Fill (NYSDOT Type 2 / Crushed Ledge Rock Stone) Gradation Requirements. Sieve Designation Percent by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves 2 inch 100 1/4 -inch 25 to 60 ttl0 5 to 40 #200 0 to 10 B. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940/D 2940M; except with 100 percent passing a 1 -inch sieve and not mare than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. C. Drainage Stone: Mixture of 50 percent NYSDOT No. 1 crushed stone and 50 percent NYSDOT No. 2 crushed stone, complying with New York State Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 703-02. D. Topsoil: 1. Stockpiled topsoil from stripping of site may be used if meeting requirements specified. Furnish additional topsoil required for planting and lawns from sources off the site if stockpiled topsoil is insufficient, unsatisfactory or stockpiling is not performed. 2. Topsoil material shall consist of weathered surface soils (A horizon), or amended unweathered subsoil (B horizon) or blend of both and shall be free of hard fragments and stones larger than one inch across the greatest dimension, objectionable salts, noxious weeds and plants, partially disintegrated debris, or any other material inferior to the surface soils. All soils to be obtained from naturally drained sources and shall contain at least two per cent natural organic matter (as determined by loss on ignition of moisture) -- free samples dried and tested in accordance with current methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. 3. Topsoil shall be amended as needed to meet the following requirements: a. A minimum of five per cent, and not to exceed ten per cent of combined organic matter. b. Soil acidity range: pH 6.0 to pH 7.8 inclusive. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 4 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No, 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 c. Soil fertility shall rate "high" in natural nutrients based on the coordinated ratings in pounds per acre as established by the National Soil and Fertilizer Research Committee. d. Should tests and analysis indicate that sail proposed for use is deficient in any of the above requirements; a system of ameliorating may be proposed for approval. 2.2 GRASS SEED A. Tri -rye mix: 1. 33.68% Palmer IV perennial Rye 2. 32.75% Quest II perennial Rye 3. 32.30% Pennant III perennial Rye 2.3 GEOTEXTILES A. Subsurface Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle -punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefins or polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288. 2. Apparent Opening Size: No, 70 sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 3. Permittivity: 1.5 sec -I, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 4. UV Stability: 70 percent after 500 hours" exposure; ASTM D 4355. 2,4 FLOWABLE FILL MATERIAL A. Flowable fill Material: Self -compacting, Plowable concrete material produced from the following: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. 3. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33/C 33M, 3/8®inch nominal maximum aggregate size, 4. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 5. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. B. Produce conventional -weight, Flowable fill material with 140 -psi compressive strength when tested according to ASTM C 495/C 495M. 2.5 PIPES FOR FOUNDATION DRAINS A. PVC Pipe and Fittings: 1. Perforated and solid, ASTM D2729, bell and spigot. 2. Fittings: caps, elbows as required, same PVC material as pipe. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 2.6 ACCESSORIES February, 2016 A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant, polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored as follows: 1. Red: Electric. 2. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. 3. Orange: Telephone and other communications. 4. Blue: Water systems. 5. Green: Sewer systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth -moving operations. B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth -moving operations. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. B. Protect subgrades from softening, undermining, washout, and damage by rain or water accumulation. 1. Reroute surface water runoff away from excavated areas. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Do not use excavated trenches as temporary drainage ditches. 3.3 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. 3.4 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Classified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations. Material to be excavated will be classified as earth and rock. Do not excavate rock until it has been classified and cross sectioned by Architect. The Contract Suin will be adjusted for rock excavation according to unit prices EARTH MOVING 312000 - 6 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 included in the Contract Documents. Changes in the Contract Time may be authorized for rock excavation. 1. • Earth excavation includes excavating pavements and obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be removed; and soil, boulders, and other materials not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. 3.5 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures far placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections. 1. Excavation for Underground Electrical Utility Structures: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended as bearing surfaces. B. Excavations at Edges of Tree and Shrubs: 1. Excavate by hand or with an air spade to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. If excavating by hand, use narrow -tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. If shrub removal is necessary, replace in kind after work is complete. Do not remove trees or shrubs without Owner 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. 3.7 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. 1. Beyond building perimeter, excavate trenches to allow installation of top of pipe below frost line. B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches deeper than bottom of pipe and conduit elevations to allow for bedding course. Hand -excavate deeper for bells of pipe. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 7 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. D. Excavations at Edges of Tree and Shrubs: 1. Hand -excavate to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. Use narrow - tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use rnechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. 3. If shrub removal is necessary, replace in kind after work is complete. Do not remove trees or shrubs without Owner 3.8 SUBGRADE INSPECTION A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. D. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation. 3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28 -day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect. 3.10 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 3.11 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: EARTH MOVING 312000 - 8 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, subdrainage. 2. Testing and inspecting underground utilities. 3, Removing concrete formwork. 4. Removing trash and debris. S. Removing temporary shoring, bracing, and sheeting. B. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice, 3.12 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. February, 2016 B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Backfill voids with satisfactory soil while removing shoring and bracing. D. Initial Backfill: 1. Soil Backfill: Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. a. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. E. Final Backfill: 1. Soil Backfill: Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation. F. Warning Tape: Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.13 SOIL FILL A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than I vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material and then topsoil. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill. 4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill. C. Place soil fill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 9 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.14 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL February, 2016 A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.15 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557: 1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recornpact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent. 2. Under walkways, scarify and recornpact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent. 3. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 4. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85 percent. 3.16 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to elevations required to achieve indicated finish elevations, within the following subgrade tolerances: 1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3. Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 10 LatBella Associates, D.I.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No, 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.17 SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE A. Lay flat -style geotextile filter fabric in trench and overlap trench sides, February, 2016 B. Place supporting layer- of drainage stone over compacted subgrade and geotextile filter fabric, to compacted depth of not less than 8 inches. C. Piping Installation: Install piping beginning at low points of system, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Bed piping with full bearing in filtering material, Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions and other requirements indicated. 1, Install piping level and with a minimum cover of 36 inches unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down. 3. Excavate recesses in trench bottom for bell ends of pipe. Lay pipe with bells facing upslope and with spigot end entered fully into adjacent bell. 4. Join perforated PE pipe and fittings with couplings according to ASTM D 3212 with loose banded, coupled, or push -on joints. D. Use increasers; reducers, and couplings made for different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings being connected. Reduction of pipe size in direction of flow is prohibited. E. Install thermoplastic piping according to ASTM D 2321. F. Add drainage stone to width of at least 8 inches to each side of pipe. G. After satisfactory testing, cover drainage piping above top of pipe with 12 inches of drainage stone. H. Compact each drainage stone layer to 85 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698. I. Fold geotextile filter fabric over top of drainage stone, overlapping 6 inches. J. Place backfill material over compacted drainage stone. Place material in loose -depth layers not exceeding 4 inches. Thoroughly compact each layer. Final backfill to finish elevations and slope away from building. 3.18 SUBBASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course under pavements and walks as follows: 1. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross -slope grades. 2. Place subbase course 6 inches or less in compacted thickness in a single layer. 3. Place subbase course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. 4. Compact subbase course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 11 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.19 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL February, 2016 A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Deterrnine that fill material classification and maximum lift thickness comply with requirements. 2. Determine, during placement and compaction, that in-place density of compacted fill complies with requirements. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2937, and ASTM D 6938, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. or less of paved areaor building slab but in no case fewer than three tests. 2. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for every 100 feet or less of wall length butno fewer than two tests. 3. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for every 150 feet or less of trench length but no fewer than two tests. E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.20 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. 1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 12 L aBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teazle Hall Garden Avenue Site Walk and Staircase Repair 121 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS February, 2016 A. Remove surplus. satisfactory sail and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect. Remove waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of then off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 312000 EARTH MOVING 312000 - 13 LaBella Associates, D.P.C, CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagie Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair SECTION 321316 - DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes colored and stamped concrete paving. B. Related Requirements: 1, Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for general building applications of concrete, 2. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for subbase material. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, and other pozzolans. B. WIC Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Owner's facilities. 1. Review methods and procedures related to decorative concrete paving, including but not limited to, the following: a. Concrete mixture design. b. Quality control of concrete materials and decorative concrete paving construction practices. 2. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with decorative concrete paving to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready -unix concrete manufacturer. d. Decorative concrete paving Installer. e. Manufacturer's representative of decorative concrete paving system. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 1 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. February, 2016 B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product, ingredient, or admixture requiring color, patter, or texture selection. C. Design Mixtures: For each decorative concrete paving mixture. Include alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 2. Include compressive strength test reports. 3. Include all ingredient certifications and product data concun-ently. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer, ready -mix concrete manufacturer, and testing agency. B. Material Certificates: For the following, from manufacturer: 1. Cernentitious materials. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Admixtures. 4. Curing compounds. 5. Applied finish materials. 6. Joint fillers. 7. Joint sealants. C. Material Test Reports: For each of the following: 1. Aggregates. Include service -record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali -aggregate reactivity. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer of decorative concrete paving systems. B. Ready -Mix -Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready - mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups of full-thickness sections of decorative concrete paving to demonstrate typical joints; surface color, pattern, and texture; curing; and standard of workmanship. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 2 LaBella Associates, D,P,C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagie Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 2. Build mockups of decorative concrete paving in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, build mockups where directed by Architect and not less than 96 inches by width of walkway. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in moclarps unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. - 1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on decorative concrete paving mixtures. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities. B. Cold -Weather Concrete Placement: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing, or low temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 and the following: 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design mixtures. C. Hot -Weather Concrete Placement: Comply with ACI301 and as follows when hot -weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water -soaked burlap, so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 _ 3 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 2.2 FORMS February, 2016 A. Foran Materials: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood, or other approved panel -type materials to provide full -depth, continuous, straight, and smooth exposed surfaces. 1. Use flexible or uniformly curved forms for curves of a radius of 100 feet or less. Do not use notched and bent forms. B. Foran -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and that will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Plain -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded -wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified, and as follows: 1. Equip wire bar supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Ceznentitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, portland cement Type 1 or Type I/ll. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. C. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, Class 4S, unifornly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service -record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar paving applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size: 1 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. D. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. E. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 4 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 1. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM 0 494/0 494M, Type A, ?. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM 0 494/C 494M, Type D. 3. Mid -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM 0 494/C 494M, Type A or Type F. Water content reduction to be greater than 7%. 4. Water -Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494/0 494M, Type E. F. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979/0 979M, synthetic mineral -oxide pigments or colored water - reducing admixtures; color stable, nor fading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. BASF Corporation; Consrim:fi••an. Systems. b. Davis Colors. c. Scofield, L. M. Corshhau.v. G. Water: Potable and complying witi> ASTIVE C 94/0 94M. 2.5 STAMPING DEVICES A. Stamp Mats: Semirigid polyurethane issats with projecting textured, arid. ridged' underside capable of imprinting texture and joint patterns on plastic: concrete. 1. Manufacturer: Use same manufacturer and product to match existing stamped concrete. 2.6 CURING AND SEALING MATERIALS A. Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, manufactured for colored concrete. 1. For integrally colored concrete, curing compound shall be type approved by coloring admixture manufacturer. 2. For concrete indicated to be sealed, curing compound shall be compatible with sealer. B. Clear Acrylic Sealer: Manufacturer's standard, waterborne, nonyellowing and UV -resistant, membrane -forming, medium -gloss, acrylic copolymer emulsion solution, manufactured for colored concrete, containing not less than 15 percent solids by volume, 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Brickform; a division of Solomon Colors. b. Increte Systems Inc. c. Scofield, L. M. Company. DECORATIVE CONCRETE'PAV1NG 321316 - 5 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY February, 2016 Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber in preformed strips. B. Polyethylene Film: ASTM D 4397, 1 mil thick, clear. A. Joint Sealants: Single Component, Pourable, Urethane, Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, for Use T. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Obtain each color, size, type, and variety of concrete mixture from single manufacturer with resources to provide concrete of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. B. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to AC1 301, for each type and strength of normal -weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete design mixtures for the trial batch method. C. Cernentitious Materials: Use a percentage, by weight, of cernentitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: Use a minimum of 15 percent, but a maximum of 25 percent. D. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal -weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows: 1. Air Content: 6 percent plus or minus 1.5 percent for 1 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size. E. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. F. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing admixture, water -reducing and retarding admixture, or water - reducing and accelerating admixture in concrete as required for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use a mid-range water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50. G. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. H. Concrete Mixtures: Normal -weight concrete. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 6 L aBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4500 psi, 2. Maximum WIC Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45. 3, Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXING February, 2016 A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from I-112 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine exposed subgrades and subbase surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. B. Protect adjacent construction from discoloration and spillage during application of color hardeners, release agents, stains, curing compounds, and sealers, 3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with forth -release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond -reducing materials. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 7 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement. D. Install welded -wire reinforcement in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. E. Install fabricated bar plats in lengths as long as practicable. Handle units to keep them flat and free of distortions. Straighten bends, kinks, and other irregularities, or replace units as required before placement. Set mats for a minimum 2 -inch overlap to adjacent mats. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: For111 construction, isolation, and control joints and tool edges true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. 1. When joining existing paving, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints unless otherwise indicated. B. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint -filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. 1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint. 2. Terminate joint filler not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished surface if joint sealant is indicated. 3. Place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface if joint sealant is not indicated. 4. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip joint -filler sections together. 5. During concrete placement, protect top edge of joint filler with metal, plastic, or other temporary preformed cap. Remove protective cap after concrete has been placed on both sides of joint. C. Control Joints: Form weakened -plane control joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct control joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form control joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with grooving tool to a 1/4 -inch radius. Repeat grooving of control joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate grooving -tool marks on concrete surfaces; or 2. Sawed Joints: Form control joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 -inch -wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before developing random contraction cracks. D. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, and joints in concrete with an edging tool to a 1/4 -inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate edging -tool marks on concrete surfaces. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 8 LaBelia Associates, D.P,C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No, 2151453 Teagle Fall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT February, 2016 A. Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, steel reinforcement, and items to be embedded or cast -in. 13. Remove snow, ice, or frost from subbase surface and steel reinforcement before placing concrete, Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces. C. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. D, Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301, (4.3.2.1 Slump Adjustment.) 1. With each concrete mixture submittal, indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 2. Water added must not increase the water -cement ratio past the approved mix design ratio. 3. Add additional water reducer or plasticizer to mix instead of adding water to achieve Ilowable, workable concrete. Do not add water to concrete after adding these admixtures to mixture, 4. Do not add water after truck is more than half empty. F. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. G. Consolidate concrete according to ACI 301 by mechanical vibrating. equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding, or tamping. 1. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side fortns. Use only square -faced shovels for hand spreading and consolidation. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement. H. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off. 1. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open -textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments. 3.7 FLOAT FINISHING A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleedwater sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to pennit operations. float surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 a 9 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 3.8 STAMPING A. Mat Stamping: After floating and while concrete is plastic, apply mat -stamped finish. 1. Liquid Release Agent: Apply liquid release agent to the concrete surface and the stamp mat. Uniformly mist surface of concrete at a rate of 5 gal/1000 sq. ft.. 2. After application of release agent, accurately align and place stamp mats in sequence. 3. Uniformly load mats and press into concrete to produce required imprint pattern and depth of imprint on concrete surface. Gently remove stamp mats. Hand stamp edges and surfaces unable to be imprinted by stamp mats. 4. Remove residual release agent according to manufacturer's written instructions, but no fewer than three days after stamping concrete. High -pressure -wash surface and joint patterns, taking care not to damage stamped concrete. Control, collect, and legally dispose of runoff. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Compound: Apply immediately after final finishing. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during curing period. 1. Cure integrally colored concrete with a curing compound. 3.10 SEALER APPLICATION A. Clear Acrylic Sealer: Apply uniformly in two coats in continuous operations according to manufacturer's written instructions. Allow first coat to dry before applying second coat, at 90 degrees to the direction of the first coat, using same application methods and rates. 1. Begin sealing dry surface no sooner than 28 days after concrete placement. 3.11 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Before installing joint sealants, clean out joints immediately to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 10 LaBella Associates, D.P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 '..[`eagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall, and Staircase Repair February, 2016 Remove temporary cap, Remove all. foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. Joint Priming: Prune joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas ofjoint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply. D. Joint -Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTIVI C 1 193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions. E. Install joint sealants, using proven techniques that comply with the following: 1. Place joint sealants so they fully contact joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability, F. Provide joint configuration to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated, G. Clean off excess joint sealant as the Work progresses, by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturers. H. Protect joint sealants, during and after curing period, from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately and replace with joint sealant so installations in repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.12 PAVING TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as foIIows: 1. Elevation: 3/4 inch. 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. 3. Surface: Gap below 10 -foot -long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch. 4. Joint Spacing: 3 inches, 5. Control Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 6. Joint Width: Plus I/8 inch, no minus. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 11 LaBella Associates, D.P.G. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No. 2151453 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. SIump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231/C 231M, pressure method; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below and when it is 80 deg F and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Density (Unit Weight): ASTM C 138/C 138M, fresh unit weight of concrete. Two tests per truck load; one at beginning of pour and near end of pour. C. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M. 1. Cast and standard cure six (6) cylinder specimens for each composite sample. D. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; I. Test two standard cured specimens at 7 days, three specimens at 28 days, and retain one specimen for testing at 56 days as deemed necessary by Architect. 2. A compressive -strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 3. If one specimen in the test shows evidence of improper sampling, molding or testing, discard the specimen and consider the strength of the remaining cylinders to be the test result. If more than one specimen in a test shows any defects, discard the entire test. E. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. F. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28 -day tests. G. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 12 I aBella Associates, D,P.C. CORNELL UNIVERSITY Project No, 2151433 Teagle Hall Garden Avenue Site Wall and Staircase Repair February, 2016 H. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. I. Decorative concrete paving will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. !. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. K. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.14 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace decorative concrete paving that is broken or damaged or does not comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Architect. B. Detailing: Grind concrete "squeeze" left from tool placement. Color ground areas with slurry of color hardener mixed with water and bonding agent. Remove excess release agent with high - velocity blower. C. Protect decorative concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. D. Maintain decorative concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION 321316 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321316 - 13 1' - 6" SEAL/THIMBLE FLASHING 1" - 6" SEAL W/THIMBLE FLASHING CONC BOND BMW/(2) #4 TOP AND BOTAND #3 @12 TIES STONE ANCHOR AND TIE @ 24" OC (HORIZTYP) NEW BLUESTQNE, TYP EXIST BLUESTONE, TYP 7' VIF > o Ti cn 0' - 4" 0'-10" 0' - 4" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP SEE 6/S-104 FOR HEAD JOINT 1/2" DIA STAINLESS STEEL DWL x 4" LG (2 PER PIECE) DRILL AND GROUT CONTINUOUS FLASHING W/DRIP EDGE HEMMED EDGES) TYP % BRACKET \ 0' - 6" WALL SURFACE CONTINUOUS FLASHING W/ DRIP EDGE(HEMMED EDGES), TYP STONE ANCHOR @ 16" OC VERT AND 24" HORIZ, WITHIN 8" OF TOP OF VENEER, TYP #4 TYP #3 TIES TYPICAL HANDRAIL RETURN - PLAN VIEW S-104 J 11/2" = 1'-0" LEAD JOINT CAP EXIST LIMESTONE CAP EXIST MASONRY ALLOW CONC TO FLOW INTO VOIDS \\w\\\\\ \ \ \ 8 \ \ . > N . X \ o \ \ \ \ \ VIF & 4 4' -a - 0' - 8" CONC WALL /7 0" -1" 0' -1" 0' - 4" 0' - 8 7 EXIST LIMESTONE CAP (STORED BY OWNER) SEE 6/S-104 FOR HEAD JOINT 1/2" DIA STAINLESS STEEL DWL x 4" LG (2 PER PIECE) DRILL AND GROUT 0' -1 1/2" CLEARANCE MIN FROM FLASHING AND STONE PROTRUSIONS BRONZE HANDRAI: #4535 BRONZE MOULDING BY JULIUS BLUM WITH 1 1/2" x 1/2 x 1/8" BRONZE CHANNEL (CONT) WELDED TO MOULDING. 5/8" DIA BENT ROUND BRONZE BAR WELDED TO CHANNEL DRILL STONE AND GROUT, 2 1/2" EMBEDMENT SELECT STONES TO MAINTAIN 1 1/2" MIN CLEARANCE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF HANDRAIL WEEP/VENT @2'-0"OC, TYP ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING, TYP (BOTH SIDES) 1" GAP W/CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL, TYP JOINT SEALANT BACKER ROD MORTAR II I I 0'- 1 1/2" 0'- 1 1/2" y y y /T7f nA TOP OF WALL DETAIL s-104 J 11/2" = 1'-0" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP WALL EXTENSION DETAIL s-104 J 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 10 iP\ TYPICAL WALL CAP HEAD JOINT s-104 J 6" = 1'-0" STONE ANCHOR AND TIE, TYP ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING #4 @12 EW CENTER ON WALL #4 @ 12 DWLS DRILL AND ANCHOR WITH CHEMICAL ADHESIVE . A .A 4 to a 1' - 0" NEW CONC WEEP/VENT @ 2'-0" OC ^—1' - 0" EXSIT CONC WALL VIF 0' - 6" 7 STONE GROUT SOLID 0' - 8" VIF EXIST SHELF CAVITY W/ CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL SAWCUT REGLET AND INSTALL WITH COUNTERFLASHING 4" STONE VENEER EXIST ASPHALT REMOVE AND PATCH AS REQD FLASHING: STEP AND TERMINATE ABOVE GRADE W/ DRIP EDGE (HEMMED) PROVIDE ISOLATION JOINT SEE 3/S-001 REMOVE EXIST STONE BELOW GRADE TO TOP OF CONC SHELF AND REPLACE W/NEW STONE TYPICAL INFILL DETAIL s-104 J 1 1/2" = 1'-0" BASE OF EXISTING WALL DETAIL s-104 J 11/2" = 1'-0" 5 FLASHING/WEEPS AT WALLTHICKNESS TRANSITION DRILL AND CHEMICAL ANCHOR DWLS INTO EXST CONC WALL WATERPROOFING EXIST GRANITE STEP- EXIST STONE EXIST STONEWALL r <-3 < csj a 0' - 4" a A r-± £ 0' - 8" & '•* * 4 to . 3 c> CD rn O Z ASPHALT DAMPPROFFING WEEP/VENT @2'-0"0C WATERPROOFING EXIST GRANITE STEP- 1/2" DIA x 4" LG STAINLESS STEEL -1 THREADED ROD DRILL AND GROUT AT BOTH ENDS. PROVIDE COMPRESSIBLE FILLER AT BOTTOM OF HOLE. APPLY MASTIC TO SEAL PER WATERPROOF MANUF (3 DOWELS PER STEP) INSTALL BEARING PADS (4 PER STEP) 6" SLAB SUBBASE #4 @ 12 DWLS X 2'-0" LG DRILL AND ANCHOR TO EXIST CONC W/ CHEMICAL ADHESIVE 1/2" DIA x 4" LG STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD DRILL AND GROUT AT BOTH ENDS. PROVIDE COMPRESSIBLE FILLER AT BOTTOM OF HOLE. APPLY MASTIC TO SEAL PER WATERPROOF MANUF (3 DOWELS PER STEP) 0* -1 1/2 A , 4 4 0' - 4" ..A *A < A STUNE 172 CLEAR 0'-4" r & CD . AA • ~ A 0' - 8" ' ' ,/ 0'-5 -75. D s - .. 3 o CO CO W _ o o z o V'w \ o 7 0NCWALL-.- * to INSTALL BEARING PADS (4 PAIRS PER STEP) —1 SPACE EVENLY, 4" FROM ENDS 6" SUB SUBBASE • - - **il . I CAVITY W/ CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL FORMED REGLET WITH COUNTER PUSHING EXTEND WATERPROOFING UP WALL, OVERUPPING 4" WITH FUSHING. FUSHING; STEP AND TERMINATE ABOVE GRADE W/ DRIP EDGE (HEMMED) GROUT CAVITY SOLID UNDER FUSHING #4 2'-0" X 2'-0" DWLS® 12" OC 104 FUSHING HANDRAL ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING, TYP STONE VENEER 0'-1" GAP W/CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL FULL HEIGHT,TYP OPP HAND ^ #4 AT 12"OCEW, EF 104 i « s4A RESET EXIST GRANITE STEP, TYP »' -m ja c a . - A o • » -4 CONC STAIR SLAB W/#4 AT 12" OC EW. TYP 17 6" SUB SUBBASE to #4 AT 12" OC EW, EF REMOVE TOP OF WALL TO SOUND CONC m: • -1 4" EMBED, TYP 0'-10" VIF EXIST WALL X C® -2" GAP W/ CAVITY DRAINAGE MATERIAL WEEPS @2'-0"OC 6" STONE VENEER WALL SECTION s-104 ) 1" = T-0" ISOUTION JOINT-SEE 3/S-001 DECORATIVE CONC PAVING OR EXIST CONC WALK EXIST GRANITE STEPS TO BE REPUCED AFTER STAIR SUB IS FORMED. STAINLESS STEEL DWLS, SEE 4/S-104 K" SLOPE CONC TREADS 1/8", TYP (GRANITE TREADS TO SLOPE W/ CONC) 1/4" TRIM (EXIST) TYP, DETAIL AT STAIR EDGE AND EXISTING WALL s-104 / 1 1/2" = 1'-0" o DETAIL AT STAIR EDGE AND WALL s-104 / 1 1/2" = 1'-0" n r-o" y WATERPROOFING TERMINATION 0'-2" TYP 1' - 0" 7 0'-4"7 TYP TYP #4REBAR AT 12"0.C. - iki y TYP EXIST VAULT SUB AND WALL AT UPPER STAIR "to STAIR SUB TYP L- 6" SUB SUBBASE 9r W PROVIDE BEARING PADS GAP 0' - 2" WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, CONT - DECORATIVE CONC PAVING OR EXIST ASPHALT STAIR SLAB DETAIL s-104 J V = T-0" 1 0'- 1 1/2" COVER ~7r B A IABELIA 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 607.319.4136 Engineering Architecture Environmental Planning www.labellapc.com 0? h O & -f-& 3? r~ —4 o ut tu w O 079*1 A go* SS SI It is a violation of New York Education Law Article 145 Sec.7209, for any person, unless acting under the direction of a licensed architect, professional engineer, or land surveyor, to alter an item in any way. If an item bearing the seal of an architect, engineer, or land surveyor is altered; the altering architect, engineer, or land surveyor shall affix to the item their seal and notation "altered by" followed by their signature and date of such alteration, and a specific description of the alteration. TEAGLE HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR NO: DATE: DESCRIPTION: REVISIONS PROJECT NUMBER: 2151453 DRAWN BY: MCRB REVIEWED BY: MCM ISSUED FOR: BIDDING DATE: 2/25/16 DRAWING NAME: RETAILS DRAWING NUMBER: S-104 z T T.O. WALL (UPPER) JS 857'-10" LIMESTONE CAP (EXIST) BLUE STONE VENEER BLUESTONE VENEER FLASHING: STEPS AS REQUIRED, PROVIDE END DAMSAND LAPPED JOINTS PER SPEC. EXIST ASPHALT FLASHING AND WEEPS EXIST 6" CONC SLAB TO REMAIN NEW CONC WALL NEW WATERPROOFING NEW CONC PAVING EXIST CONC WALK REMOVE LOOSE CONC 4 - EX ST CONC WALL r~.— 4 x SLEEVE WALL AND - SEAL m LINK SEAL) . 9 A ' * 4"FND DRAIN; ANCHOR TO WALL" - 0 *7"-*"* FILL VAULT WITH FLOWABLE FILL -70 848.5' ± ' . . " T . _ , , »• INFILL DOOR OPENING WITH CONC WALL 4* x FLASHING AND WEEPS 104 & • a , 4 x 4' 1 EXIST CONC SLAB TO REMAIN '-6 7 T.O. WALL (LOWER) DS 855' - 21/2" UPPER JLANDING 854' - 0 ING GK -o" y INTERMEDIATE LANDING 851" -41/2 LAMB'S TONGUE NOZZLE (DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE BY JAY R. SMITH OR SIM) W/ INSECT SCREEN. MOUNT FLANGE TO SfONEW/SS SCREWS GRADE S-104 EXIST WALL FLASHING: STEPS AS REQUIRED, PROVIDE END DAMSAND LAPPED JOINTS PER SPEC. EXIST WALL HANDRAIL PUSHING AND WEEPS eras FUSHING AND WEEPS NEW DECORATIVE CONC PAVING EXIST GRANTE STEPS S-104 REMOVE DAMAGED PORTION OF CONC WALL AND REPUCE — 4" FOUNDATION DRAIN w SEE 4/S-001 NEW REINF CONC SUB OPP HAND 104 I.O.MLLILOWERL 855' - 21/2" UPPER LANDING 854' -0" ™ NTERMEDIATE LANDING, 851'-41/2" B.O. EXIST FOOTING. 841' -0" —^— 103 SECTION AT LOWER STAIRS 1/2" = 1'-0" A 846'-3' \DE ^ -3" V J.OJXISTFOOTING. 841'-0" SECTION THROUGH VAULT S-103 J 1/2" = T-0" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP (EXIST) T.O. WALL (UPPER) ^ 857' -10^7*" 1,0, WALL (LOWER) 855' - 21/2" UPPER LANDING FA 854'-0" PUSHING: STEPS AS REQUIRED, PROVIDE END DAMSAND UPPED JOINTS PER SPEC. INTERMEDIATE LANDING 851'- 4 1/2' EXIST ASPHALT S-104 HANDRAIL Jr 4" STONE VENEER 4" STONE VENEER FUSHING AND WEEPS EXIST GRANITE STEP A NEW REINF CONC SUB FUSHING AND WEEPS 104 REMOVE DAMAGED PORTION OF CONCRETE WALL AND REPUCE. 6" STONE VENEER V £W—— 4" FOUNDATION DRAIN W SEE 4/S-001 FUSHING AND WEEPS X 1'- 6" 04 GRADE FA 846' B.O. EXIST FOOTING 841' -0 TING XN •-0" a SECTION AT UPPER STAIRS S-103 J 1/2" = 1'-0" B A IABELIA 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 607.319.4136 Engineering Architecture Environmental Planning www.labeltapc.com ©IJI0 Q W5 Co w 5 r~ •< O tu 9 079*1 20* 5SS\ It is a violation of New York Education Law Article 145 Sec.7209, for any person, unless acting under the direction of a licensed architect, professional engineer, or land surveyor, to alter an item in any way. If an item bearing the seal of an architect, engineer, or land surveyor is altered; the altering architect, engineer, or land surveyor shall affix to the item their seal and notation "altered by" followed by their signature and date of such alteration, and a specific description of the alteration. TEAGLE HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 35SS 2&S & TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR NO: DATE: DESCRIPTION: REVISIONS PROJECT NUMBER: 2151453 DRAWN BY: MCRB REVIEWED BY: MCM ISSUED FOR: BIDDING DATE: 2/25/16 DRAWING NAME: SECTIONS DRAWING NUMBER: S-103 1 B ? EXIST CONC WALL A m o LO csi cvT Z 1 6"TYP 4'-0" MAX y HANDRAIL BRACKET-TYP TYP HANDRAIL SEE 3/S-104 1'-0" SEE 7/S-104 FOR RETURN TYP EACH END D RESET EXIST GRANITE STEP. TYPil '-0" „ '4 _ _LQ., WALL (UPPER) GK 85?-10" ™ T.O. WALL (LOWER) ——. — V ... -- — ' . 855' - 2 UPPER LANDING ^ 854' - 0" r" (HIGHPOINT) IQ.WALLILOWERI 855' - 21/2" CONC STAIR SLAB EAST ELEVATION - HANDRAIL S-102 J 1/2" = T-0" S-104 IB IB 'IB 3' - 0" —1— VIF D I I I =] FILL DOORWAY WITH CONCRETE INFILL. INSTALL SOLID BLUE STONE VENEER TO COVER INFILL AND ANCHOR BACK TO NEW CONCRETE WALL. #4 @ 12" MAX EW WALL REINF DRILL HOLES IN EXIST CONC EMBED REBAR 3" W/ CHEMICAL ADHESIVE 7A VAULT DOOR INFILL DETAIL s-102 / 3/4" = 1'-0" NTERMEDIATE LANDING 851'-4 1/2" (HIGHPOINT) GRADE 846' - 3" 6" TYP 4'-0" MAX TYP HANDRAIL BRACKET TYP o CO HANDRAIL SEE 3/S 104 INTERMEDIATE LANDING i^ 851'-41/2" (HIGHPOINT) SEE 7/S-104 FOR RETURN TYP EACH ENDJ ii II RESET EXIST GRANITE STEP. TYP 1'-0" CONC STAIR SLAB GRANITE AT GRADE TO REMAIN GRADE 4^ 846' -3" ™ WEST ELEVATION - HANDRAIL s-102 J 1/2" = 1*-0" 17'-6" VIF & •* REMOVE EXIST CONC SLAB SAWCUT AND REMOVE DAMAGED PORTION OF CONC WALL a a & . EXIST GRANITE TREADS - REMOVE AND STORE FOR REINSTALLATION, TYP S-102 UPPER LANDING . 854' -0" INTERMEDIATE LANDING 851'-41/2 GRADE ^ 846' -3" ^ 1 WALL DEMOLITION ELEVATION s-102 / 1/2" = 1'-0" r% B A IABELIA 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 607.319.4136 Engineering Arc h itect u re Environmental Planning www.labellapc.com of h O <b % o m ttt S O 079* A ESS* It is a violation of New York Education Law Article 145 Sec.7209, for any person, unless acting under the direction of a licensed architect, professional engineer, or land surveyor, to alter an item in any way. If an item bearing the seal of an architect, engineer, or land surveyor is altered; the altering architect, engineer, or land surveyor shall affix to the item their seal and notation "altered by" followed by their signature and date of such alteration, and a specific description of the alteration. © 2015 LaBella Associates TEAGLE HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR DRAWING NAME: ELEVATION VIEWS DRAWING NUMBER: S-102 NO: DATE: DESCRIPTION: REVISIONS PROJECT NUMBER: 2151453 DRAWN BY: MCRB REVIEWED BY: MCM ISSUED FOR: BIDDING DATE: 2/25/16 A 1 .EXIST LIMESTONE CAP, Jr tK" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP TO BE REMOVE, RAISE WALL AND REPLACE REINSTALLED (STORED BY OWNER) T.O. WALL (UPPER) 857'-10" ^ T.O. WALL ADD NEWBLUESTONE /T~~ n ~lr ir- — _ _ / REPOINT EXIST BLUESTONE "VENEER. BOTH SIDES OFWAlL. iLOWERL_^ 5' - 2 V21rXT 855' - 21/2 UPPER LANDING ds -854'.o» iNTERMEDMEMNDlNG 851'-41/2 >« ry _BX)^EXIST_FOOIING_ 841'-0" 101 EAST ELEVATION 1/4" = r-0" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP TO BE REINSTALLED (STORED BY OWNER) EXIST BENCH TO REMAIN EXIST WALL J T.O. WALL (UPPER) ^ 857'-10" JJOJA/ALL(LOWER) fa 855' - 21/2" \ UPPER LANDING ^ 854'-0" ™ I NTEFtM EDIAI E_LA NDING 851' - 41/2' " ^ GRADE 846'-3" B.O. EXIST FOOTING ^ 841'-0" ^ NORTH ELEVATION S-101 ) 1/4" = T-0" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP HEAD JOINT SEE 6/S-104, TYP REMOVE: RAISE WALL AND REPLACE REPO NT EX ST BLUESTONE EXIST RETAINING WALL EXIST CONC WALK ADD NEW BLUESTONE REPOINT EXIST BLUESTONE GRADE EXIST CURB J.OJWALLJJPPER)_ 857' -10" J.Q.WALL1LOWER1 855' - 2 1/2 " ^ \ UPPER LANDING ^ 854' - 0 (HIGHPOINT) INTERMEDIATE LANDING 851'-4 1/2 (HIGHPOINT) GRADE 846' - 3" 4- _B P._BCIST_FOPIING 841' - 0 TING d\ r. Q.. ry SOUTH ELEVATION s-101 J 1/4" = 1'-0" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP TO BE HEAD JOINT, SEE 6/S-104, TYP REINSTALLED (STORED BY OWNER) 7'-3 12'-2" vir 10'-0" EXIST LIMESTONE CAP TO REMAIN LED WALL PACK REPOINT EXIST BLUESTONE ALONG STAIRS. (INSIDE WALL) FND DRAIN NOZZLE SEE 2/S-103 z REPO NT EXIST BLUESTONE NSTALL BLUESTONE VENEER 1.0. mil (UPPER) 857' -10" 10, VVALL (LOWER) ^ 855" - 21/2" UPPER LANDING 854' - 0" 4- (HIGHPOINT) INTERMEDIATE LANDING fa 851'-41/2" (HIGHPOINT) GRADE Js 846' -¥~Tr B.O. EXIST FOOTING ^ 841' -(F^F 1 WEST ELEVATION s-101 J 1/4" = 1'-0" B A IABELIA 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 607.319.4136 Engineering Architecture Environmental Planning www.labellapc.com or h O & % & •K at o Ui in St 079*1 A fessio^ It is a violation of New York Education Law Article 145 Sec.7209, for any person, unless acting under the direction of a licensed architect, professional engineer, or land surveyor, to alter an item in any way. If an item bearing the seal of an architect, engineer, or land surveyor is altered; the altering architect, engineer, or land surveyor shall affix to the item their seal and notation "altered by" followed by their signature and date of such alteration, and a specific description of the alteration. TEAGLE HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 % TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR NO: DATE: DESCRIPTION: REVISIONS PROJECT NUMBER: 2151453 DRAWN BY: MCRB REVIEWED BY: MCM ISSUED FOR: BIDDING DATE: 2/25/16 DRAWING NAME: ELEVATION VIEWS DRAWING NUMBER: S-101 A 1 KEYED NOTES PROVIDE UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL PULL BOX AND SPLICE INTO EXISTING LIGHT POLE S5-A24 LIGHTING CIRCUIT FOR NEW LIGHT FIXTURE POWER. WHEN CONDUIT RUN HAS MORE THAN 2 BENDS OR SEVERE ELEVATION CHANGE, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PULL POINTS. SPLICE BOX DESIGN BASIS: CDR SYSTEMS CORPORATION FIBERGLASS/CONCRETE COMPOSITE SPLICE BOX WITH BOLTED COVER (13"x24" MINIMUM) MODEL A12-1324-24. PULL BOX COVER SHALL BE LABELED "LIGHTING." ROUTE NEW LIGHTING CONDUIT/CIRCUIT THROUGH EXISTING VAULT AS INDICATED. CORE DRILL THROUGH SOUTH WALL FOR CONDUIT PENETRATION 24" BELOW GRADE AND PROPERLY PATCH AFTER. PROVIDE NEW LED WALL PACK WITH INTEGRAL PHOTO CELL CONTROL. MOUNT 8'-0" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. PROVIDE RECESSED MASONRY JUNCTION BOX FLUSH WITH FACE OF NEW STONE WALL AND CORE DRILL THROUGH EXISTING CONCRETE WALL FOR LIGHTING CIRCUIT FROM EXISTING POLE MOUNTED LIGHT FISTURE S5-A24. CIRCUIT WITH A MINIMUM OF 2#10XHHW-2 CU CONDUCTORS AND 1#10XHHW-2 CU GROUND IN 1-1/2" SCHEDULE 80 PVC CONDUIT. LED LIGHT FIXTURE DESIGN BASIS: HUBBELL OUTDOOR LIGHTING LNC SERIES: LNC-9LU-5K-3-1-PC1. CONFIRM FINISH COLOR WITH OWNER. EXIST LIGHT POLE S5-A24 PB LP FOUNDATION DRAIN 7 EXIST WALLS * * V : JB '< s. - A -\ f " « < r-: * - \ ' T? 4. : - 4T » 9' - 51/2"~ <7 V 4 ,< - 3il r v.--.;- UE CORE EXIST CONCWALL NEW SOLID 4" PIPE, CONNECT TO EXIST FLOOR DRAIN © ® © EXIST WALLS INFILL WITH FLOWABLE FILL. HOLE(S) MAY BE CORED, PATCH W/CONC. © DEMOLITION KEYED NOTES: DISCONNECT AND REMOVE SHOWER, EYE WASH, AND ALL PIPING AND ACCESSORIES IN THIS SPACE. REMOVE PIPING SLEEVES (TYP 2) AND PATCH WALL TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES. REMOVE EXISTING 1" CW AND 3/4" CPVC IN TEAGLE-BARTON TUNNEL AND CAP. REMOVE PIPE SLEEVES AND PATCH WALL WATER TIGHT TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES. DISCONNECT EXISTING ELECTRIC CIRCUIT AND REMOVE MECHANICAL UNIT HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED DEVICES/WIRING. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICE AND RACEWAY. REMOVE WIRING BACK TO SOURCE AND DISCONNECT. PROPERLY CAP ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS INTO ADJACENT BUILDING AND ABANDON ANY UNDERGROUND CONDUIT IN PLACE. CAP AND PLUG AND CAP EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN. EXIST WALLS SH O \ FD ©V EW if® ® L /_ ra EuH u. "Tf [> REMOVE 3/4" CPVC EXIST POOL STORAGE VAULT. REMOVE HEATING, PIPING AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS BEFORE INFILLING. EXIST WALLS OVERHEAD LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. LIGHT SWITCH AND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE TO BE REMOVED. CONTRATOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH CORNELL UTILITIES TO LOCATE ANY UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY EXCAVATION. S-100 NEW VAULT PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0" VAULT DEMOLITION PLAN s-100 J 1/4" = 1'-0" RECONSTRUCT CONC WALL W/STONE VENEER B POUR NEW STEPPED CONCRETE SLAB AND RE-SET EXISTING ^ GRANITE STEPS WITH EQUAL > TREAD AND RISER SPACING. S-101 f S-101 ) 4" DIA FND DRAIN PERFORATED, UNO INVERT ELEV = 848.8' + INCLUDE IN BID: 50 SF OF BLUESTONE REPOINTING MATCH EXIST GRADE ELEV 1' - 6" T - 4" 1'-6" VIF ^ 851.25 O DECORATIVE CONC PAVING ON FILL C.J. C.J S-103 S-102 S- 04 851.37'® GRANITE AT GRADE TO REMAIN S-101 ® 846.25 S-103 S-104 CORE, AND SLEEVE WALL, AND SLEEVE WALL, AND SEAL{W/ LINK SEAL) EXIST CONC WALL FOR FND DRAIN 4 < S-102 GRANITE AT LANDING LEVEL 853.87'-® INSTALL EXIST LIMESTONE CAP(STORED BY OWNER) TYP MATCH EXIST GRADE ELEV C.J. \© \ ^5 NEWLEDWALLPACK S-103 C.J./SJ DECORATIVE CONC PAVING OVER EXIST SLAB to s.' 10 S-104 FND DRAIN WEEP LAMB TONGUE NOZZLE SEE 2/S-103 10 /N f S-101 ) 104 EXIST TREE-PROTECT REMOVE FABRIC COVER, STEEL POSTS AND RAILING TO REVEAL FXIST WALL (BOTH SIDES) REMOVE EXIST GRANITE STEPS (TO BE REUSED) AND SAND EXIST CONC WALK REMOVE AND PATCH AS REQD FOR EXCAVATION EXIST SHRUB-PROTECT DEMOLISH AND REMOVE CONCRETE SLAB UNDERNEATH STEPS. REPAIR CONCRETE WALL AND INSTALL SOLID BLUESTONE VENEER. ANCHOR BLUESTONE TO EXIST CONCRETE WALL. FND DRAIN CHANGE TO SOLID PIPE AT VAULT AND ANCHOR TO EXIST WALL INFILL DOORWAY WITH CONCRETE. INSTALL SOLID BLUESTONE VENEER TO COVER INFILL AND ANCHOR BACK TO NEW CONCRETE WALL. 4" DIA FND DRAIN INVERT ELEV 848.5' ± A EXIST TREE-PROTECT SLEEVE WALL AND SEAL (W/ LINK SEAL) FOR FND DRAIN CO 1' - 6" EXIST WALL 1'- 6" EXIST WALL SAWCUT AND REMOVE 4" (VIF) CONC SLAB r o o cc o CD •<-Q CJ I o o o o o S-102 T1 o I I Q UJ CD I 1 Q h I- U h \ DEMOLISH AND REMOVE CONCRETE SUB UNDERNEATH STEPS. REMOVE EXIST GRANITE STEPS (TO BE REUSED) AND SAND BEDDING. REMOVE FABRIC COVER, STEEL POSTS AND RAILING TO REVEAL EXIST WALL. (BOTH SIDES) REMOVE EXIST VAULT DOOR AND DOOR FRAME. REMOVE 4" (VIF) CONC OVERUY SLAB. EXIST 6" STRUCT CONC SUB TO REMAIN 1'-6" EXIST k v WALL h— v <C CO CD EXIST CONC WALK TO REMAIN CAREFULLY REMOVE EXIST LIMESTONE CAP. STONES AND STORE FOR RE-INSTALUTION. EXIST TREE-PROTECT, NO WORK OR DISTURBANCE WITHIN DRIPLINES LP LD O o C\J NEW CONSTRUCTION s-100 J 1/4" = 1'-0" LP EXIST LIGHT POLE S5-A24 1 r\ DEMOLITION PLAN s-100 J 1/4" = 1-0" B A IABELIA 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 607.319.4136 Engineering Architecture Environmental Planning www.labellapc.com Or h spw o ^3 -f-hi T o tu % Q79& A cSSI It is a violation of New York Education Law " Article 145 Sec.7209, for any person, unless acting under the direction of a licensed architect, professional engineer, or land surveyor, to alter an item in any way. If an item bearing the seal of an architect, engineer, or land surveyor is altered; the altering architect, engineer, or land surveyor shall affix to the item their seal and notation "altered by" followed by their signature and date of such alteration, and a specific description of the alteration. TEAGLE HALL CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA, NEW YORK 14853 L y? TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR NO: DATE: DESCRIPTION: REVISIONS PROJECT NUMBER: 2151453 DRAWN BY: MCRB REVIEWED BY: MCM ISSUED FOR: BIDDING DATE: 2/25/16 DRAWING NAME: PLAN VIEWS DRAWING NUMBER: S-100 A 1 TEAGLE HALL GARDEN AVE SITE WALL AND STAIRCASE REPAIR CORNELL UNIVERSITY, ITHACA, NY 14850 BIDDING I A DCI I A I / \ ill I l/\ Associates, Q.P.C, Relationehia s • R & s a u roes, Re s u I t, s Engineering Architecture Environmental Planning 202 The Commons, Suite 304 Ithaca, NY 14850 www.labellapc.com PROJECT LOCATION m L \ x GENERAL LOCATION MAP N.T.S. 02/25/2016 PROJECT NO. 2151453 PROJECT LOCATION DRAWING INDEX -£ KM ***** w, jjf 4^ A in, 'I» tito t\T-f v * ~ it u.-- f. v-iv ; ^ *\ w " $ IXs* T-I r * f ?% *? 1? * * ' * 4--fc ^ :?te • *' ' < * ^-y^sr.nlr ' inr • a. *'f V ' ; * feeSk?*' ** <4 V f " v ~ii 3> * V. tl , *•» _.*** ,' i «5 i" .••V' R* " "* • ^ VKi^l 'V-r If «*$ ^ . r J a 4w- t 4 « S ft ' # *V * ^ ^ %>*£ " ' ' « ~ - . *-i '"..J . .Vli'i -4 liiiait V-1 r { i" »v *\% R l.f, I s- * ? *• i * ' « T - *X --K„ ->& ^ ; * **> \ SC* I ** \ k> * *' * » « nHiKi LOCATION MAP * <r-»"niTii i •<!!<-1 ^•,,'1 i^i., • %1 ' -: :• iMM»lik —— 4^ ?/'< *•* im^js M % •& ^ -*• -,s. > - \ *r V1> ' « S I wr ^ -iV' ~ ^ 5 S-001 GENERAL NOTES AND DETAILS S-100 PLAN VIEWS S-101 ELEVATION VIEWS S-102 ELEVATION VIEWS S-103 SECTIONS S-104 DETAILS $ P CO o 0 © <